Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

From Zoophilia Wiki
Jump to navigationJump to search
m 1 revision imported
Import latest changes from English Wikipedia
 
(2 intermediate revisions by 2 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
require("strict")


require('Module:No globals');
--[[----------------< F O R W A R D _ D E C L A R A T I O N S >-----------------
 
  Each of these counts against the Lua upper value limit.
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
]]
]]
local validation  -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation.
local utilities    -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities.
local z = {}      -- Table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities.
local identifiers  -- Functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers.
local metadata    -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS.
-- Table of configuration tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.
local cfg = {}
-- Supertable of valid template parameters; from Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist.
local whitelist = {}


local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
--[[----------------< P A G E _ S C O P E _ V A R I A B L E S >-----------------
 
  Declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
  other modules, that are created here and used here; booleans all.
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
--[[------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >---------------
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here
]]
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_deprecated_cat     -- Only add category once.
local added_discouraged_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs          -- Only emit one Vanc. error/category.
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
-- Only emit one generic name err./cat. & stop testing after first error occurs.
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local added_generic_name_errs
-- Only emit one numeric name err./cat. & stop testing after first error occurs.
local added_numeric_name_errs
local added_numeric_name_maint  -- Only emit one numeric name maint. category.
-- True when previewing article, false when previewing the module.
local is_preview_mode
local is_sandbox                -- Using sandbox modules sets this to true.


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------
 
  Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
  established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.
  which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.
 
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.


  This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar
  version that used ipairs. With the pairs version, the order of evaluation
  could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
  the for loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
]]
]]
 
local function first_set(list, count)
local function first_set (list, count)
  local i = 1
local i = 1;
  while i <= count do -- Loop through all items in the list.
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
    if utilities.is_set(list[i]) then
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
      return list[i]   -- Return the first set list member.
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
    end
end
    i = i + 1         -- Increment to next member.
i = i + 1; -- point to next
  end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
Line 55: Line 57:


]]
]]
local function add_vanc_error(source, position)
    if added_vanc_errs then
        return
    end


local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
    added_vanc_errs = true -- note that we've added this category
if added_vanc_errs then return end
    utilities.set_message("err_vancouver", {source, position})
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source, position}, true ) } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
Line 75: Line 77:


]]
]]
 
local function is_scheme(scheme)
local function is_scheme (scheme)
    return scheme and scheme:match("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:") -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
Line 115: Line 115:
]=]
]=]


local function is_domain_name (domain)
local function is_domain_name(domain)
if not domain then
    if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
        return false -- if not set, abandon
end
    end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
    domain = domain:gsub("^//", "") -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
    if not domain:match("^[%w]") then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
        return false
end
    end


if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
    if domain:match("^%a+:") then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
        return false
end
    end


local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
    local patterns = {
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
        -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
        "%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$", -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
        "%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$", -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
        "%f[%a][qxz]%.com$", -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
        "%f[%a][iq]%.net$", -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
        "%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$", -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
        "%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$", -- two character hostname and TLD
}
        "^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?", -- IPv4 address
        "[%a%d]+%:?" -- IPv6 address
    }


for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
    for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
        if domain:match(pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
            return true -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
        end
end
    end


for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
    for _, d in ipairs(cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
        if domain:match("%f[%w][%w]%." .. d) then
return true
            return true
end
        end
end
    end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
    return false -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
Line 164: Line 165:


]]
]]
 
local function is_url(scheme, domain)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
    if utilities.is_set(scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
        return is_scheme(scheme) and is_domain_name(domain)
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
    else
else
        return is_domain_name(domain) -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
    end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Line 191: Line 190:


]]
]]
local function split_url(url_str)
    local scheme, authority, domain


local function split_url (url_str)
    url_str = url_str:gsub("([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$", "%1") -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
local scheme, authority, domain;
 
    if url_str:match("^//%S*") then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
        domain = url_str:match("^//(%S*)")
    elseif url_str:match("%S-:/*%S+") then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
        scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match("(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)") -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
        if utilities.is_set(authority) then
            authority = authority:gsub("//", "", 1) -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
            if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
                return scheme -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
            end
        else
            if not scheme:match("^news:") then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
                return scheme -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
            end
        end
        domain = domain:gsub("(%a):%d+", "%1") -- strip port number if present
    end


if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
    return scheme, domain
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Line 232: Line 229:


]]
]]
local function link_param_ok(value)
    local scheme, domain
    if value:find("[<>%[%]|{}]") then -- if any prohibited characters
        return false
    end


local function link_param_ok (value)
    scheme, domain = split_url(value) -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
local scheme, domain;
    return not is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Line 255: Line 250:


]]
]]
local function link_title_ok(link, lorig, title, torig)
    local orig
    if utilities.is_set(link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
        if not link_param_ok(link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
            orig = lorig -- identify the failing link parameter
        elseif title:find("%[%[") then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
            orig = torig -- identify the failing |title= parameter
        elseif link:match("^%a+:") then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
            local prefix = link:match("^(%a+):"):lower() -- get the interwiki prefix


local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
local orig;
                orig = lorig -- flag as error
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
            end
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
        end
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
    end
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix


if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
    if utilities.is_set(orig) then
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
        link = "" -- unset
end
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", orig) -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
    end
end


if utilities.is_set (orig) then
    return link -- link if ok, empty string else
link = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Line 294: Line 287:


]]
]]
local function check_url(url_str)
    if nil == url_str:match("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
        return false
    end
    local scheme, domain


local function check_url( url_str )
    scheme, domain = split_url(url_str) -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;


scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
    if "news:" == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
        return domain:match("^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$")
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
    end
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
 
end
    return is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
Line 324: Line 315:
]=]
]=]


local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink(value)
local scheme, domain;
    local scheme, domain


if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
    if value:match("%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]") then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]"))
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
    elseif value:match("%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]") then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]"))
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
    elseif value:match("%a%S*:%S+") then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("(%a%S*:%S+)"))
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
    elseif value:match("^//%S+") or value:match("%s//%S+") then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("(//%S+)")) -- what is left should be the domain
else
    else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
        return false -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
    end


return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
    return is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
Line 348: Line 338:


]]
]]
 
local function check_for_url(parameter_list, error_list)
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
    for k, v in pairs(parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
local error_message = '';
        if is_parameter_ext_wikilink(v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
            table.insert(error_list, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", k))
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
        end
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
    end
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
Line 370: Line 351:


]]
]]
local function safe_for_url(str)
    if str:match("%[%[.-%]%]") ~= nil then
        utilities.set_message("err_wikilink_in_url", {})
    end


local function safe_for_url( str )
    return str:gsub(
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
        "[%[%]\n]",
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
        {
end
            ["["] = "&#91;",
            ["]"] = "&#93;",
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
            ["\n"] = " "
['['] = '&#91;',
        }
[']'] = '&#93;',
    )
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
Line 388: Line 371:


]]
]]
local function external_link(URL, label, source, access)
    local err_msg = ""
    local domain
    local path
    local base_url
    if not utilities.is_set(label) then
        label = URL
        if utilities.is_set(source) then
            utilities.set_message("err_bare_url_missing_title", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)})
        else
            error(cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]) -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
        end
    end
    if not check_url(URL) then
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_url", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)})
    end


local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
    domain, path = URL:match("^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$") -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
local error_str = "";
    if path then -- if there is a path portion
local domain;
        path = path:gsub("[%[%]]", {["["] = "%5b", ["]"] = "%5d"}) -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
local path;
        URL = table.concat({domain, path}) -- and reassemble
local base_url;
    end


if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
    base_url = table.concat({"[", URL, " ", safe_for_url(label), "]"}) -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end


base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
    if utilities.is_set(access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
        base_url =
            utilities.substitute(
            cfg.presentation["ext-link-access-signal"],
            {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}
        ) -- add the appropriate icon
    end


if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
    return base_url
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
Line 432: Line 417:


]]
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
    if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
        added_deprecated_cat = true -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
        utilities.set_message("err_deprecated_params", {name}) -- add error message
end
    end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< D I S C O U R A G E D _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------
 
Categorize and emit an maintenance message when the citation contains one or more discouraged parameters.  Only
one error message is emitted regardless of the number of discouraged parameters in the citation.
 
added_discouraged_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
]]
 
local function discouraged_parameter(name)
if not added_discouraged_cat then
added_discouraged_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'maint_discouraged', {name}, true ) } ); -- add maint message
end
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
Line 475: Line 441:
]=]
]=]


local function kern_quotes (str)
local function kern_quotes(str)
local cap = '';
    local cap = ""
local cap2 = '';
    local wl_type, label, link
local wl_type, label, link;
 
    wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink(str) -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
    if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
        if mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[["“”\'‘’].+["“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], str)
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], str)
        elseif mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[["“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], str)
        elseif mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[.+["“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], str)
        end
    else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
        label = mw.ustring.gsub(label, "[“”]", '"') -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
        label = mw.ustring.gsub(label, "[‘’]", "'") -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)


wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
        cap = mw.ustring.match(label, '^(["\'][^\'].+)') -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
        if utilities.is_set(cap) then
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
            label = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], cap)
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
        end
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end


else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
        cap = mw.ustring.match(label, '^(.+[^\']["\'])$') -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
        if utilities.is_set(cap) then
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
            label = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], cap)
        end


cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
        if 2 == wl_type then
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
            str = utilities.make_wikilink(link, label) -- reassemble the wikilink
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
        else
end
            str = label
        end
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
    end
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
    return str
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return str;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
Line 538: Line 502:


]]
]]
local function format_script_value(script_value, script_param)
    local lang = "" -- initialize to empty string
    local name
    if script_value:match("^%l%l%l?%s*:") then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
        lang = script_value:match("^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*") -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
        if not utilities.is_set(lang) then
            utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["missing title part"]}) -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
            return "" -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
        end
        -- if we get this far we have prefix and script
        name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName(lang, cfg.this_wiki_code) -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
        if utilities.is_set(name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
            script_value = script_value:gsub("^%l+%s*:%s*", "") -- strip prefix from script
            -- is prefix one of these language codes?
            if utilities.in_array(lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
                utilities.add_prop_cat("script", {name, lang})
            else
                utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["unknown language code"]}) -- unknown script-language; add error message
            end
            lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ' -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["invalid language code"]}) -- invalid language code; add error message
            lang = "" -- invalid so set lang to empty string
        end
    else
        utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["missing prefix"]}) -- no language code prefix; add error message
    end
    script_value = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["bdi"], {lang, script_value}) -- isolate in case script is RTL


local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
    return script_value
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
 
return script_value;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
]]
 
local function script_concatenate(title, script, script_param)
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
    if utilities.is_set(script) then
if utilities.is_set (script) then
        script = format_script_value(script, script_param) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
        if utilities.is_set(script) then
if utilities.is_set (script) then
            title = title .. " " .. script -- concatenate title and script title
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
        end
end
    end
end
    return title
return title;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
Line 596: Line 557:


]]
]]
 
local function wrap_msg(key, str, lower)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
    if not utilities.is_set(str) then
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
        return ""
return "";
    end
end
    if true == lower then
if true == lower then
        local msg
local msg;
        msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower() -- set the message to lower case before
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
        return utilities.substitute(msg, str) -- including template text
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
    else
else
        return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[key], str)
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
    end
end
end
end


--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
Line 619: Line 578:


]]
]]
local function wikisource_url_make(str)
    local wl_type, D, L
    local ws_url, ws_label
    local wikisource_prefix = table.concat({"https://", cfg.this_wiki_code, ".wikisource.org/wiki/"})


local function wikisource_url_make (str)
    wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink(str) -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
 
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)


if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
    if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        str = D:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or D:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
            ws_url =
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                table.concat(
str, -- article title
                {
});
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
end
                    str -- article title
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
                }
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
            )
if utilities.is_set (str) then
            ws_label = str -- label for the URL
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
        end
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
    elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str, -- article title
        str = D:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or D:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
});
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
            ws_url =
end
                table.concat(
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
                {
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
if utilities.is_set (str) then
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
                    str -- article title
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
                }
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
            )
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
            ws_label = str -- label for the URL
});
        end
end
    elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
end
        str = L:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or L:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_label = D -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
                }
            )
        end
    end


if ws_url then
    if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
        ws_url = mw.uri.encode(ws_url, "WIKI") -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
        ws_url = ws_url:gsub("%%23", "#") -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end
    end


return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
    return ws_url, ws_label, L or D -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
end


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
Line 671: Line 640:


]]
]]
local function format_periodical(script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
    if not utilities.is_set(periodical) then
        periodical = "" -- to be safe for concatenation
    else
        periodical = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", periodical) -- style
    end


local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
    periodical = script_concatenate(periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
local periodical_error = '';
 
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end
 
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped


if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
    if utilities.is_set(trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
        trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style("trans-italic-title", trans_periodical)
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
        if utilities.is_set(periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
            periodical = periodical .. " " .. trans_periodical
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
        else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
            periodical = trans_periodical
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"periodical"})
end
        end
end
    end


return periodical .. periodical_error;
    return periodical
end
end


--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
Line 704: Line 669:


]]
]]
local function format_chapter_title(
    script_chapter,
    script_chapter_source,
    chapter,
    chapter_source,
    trans_chapter,
    trans_chapter_source,
    chapter_url,
    chapter_url_source,
    no_quotes,
    access)
    local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(chapter) -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
    if ws_url then
        ws_label = ws_label:gsub("_", " ") -- replace underscore separators with space characters
        chapter = ws_label
    end


local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
    if not utilities.is_set(chapter) then
local chapter_error = '';
        chapter = "" -- to be safe for concatenation
 
    else
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
        if false == no_quotes then
if ws_url then
            chapter = kern_quotes(chapter) -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
            chapter = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-title", chapter)
chapter = ws_label;
        end
end
    end


if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
    chapter = script_concatenate(chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
    if utilities.is_set(chapter_url) then
        chapter = external_link(chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access) -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
    elseif ws_url then
        chapter = external_link(ws_url, chapter .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in chapter") -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
        chapter =
            utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"], {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, chapter})
    end


if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
    if utilities.is_set(trans_chapter) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
        trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", trans_chapter)
elseif ws_url then
        if utilities.is_set(chapter) then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
            chapter = chapter .. " " .. trans_chapter
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
        else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
end
            chapter = trans_chapter
            chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match("trans%-?(.+)") -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {chapter_source})
        end
    end


if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
    return chapter
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end


--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
Line 763: Line 735:


]]
]]
local function has_invisible_chars(param, v)
    local position = "" -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
    local capture  -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
    local stripmarker  -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found


local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
    capture = string.match(v, "[%w%p ]*") -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
    if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
        return
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
    end


capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
    for _, invisible_char in ipairs(cfg.invisible_chars) do
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
        local char_name = invisible_char[1] -- the character or group name
return;
        local pattern = invisible_char[2] -- the pattern used to find it
end
        position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find(v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern


for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
        if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
            if mw.ustring.find(v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
                position = nil -- unset position
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
            elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint(v, position + 1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
                position = nil -- unset position
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
            end
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
        end
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end


table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true)}); -- add error message
        if position then
return; -- and done with this parameter
            if
end
                "nowiki" == capture or "math" == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
end
                    ("templatestyles" == capture and utilities.in_array(param, {"id", "quote"}))
end
            then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
                stripmarker = true -- set a flag
            elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
                position = nil -- unset
            else
                local err_msg
                if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
                    err_msg = capture .. " " .. char_name
                else
                    err_msg = char_name .. " " .. "character"
                end
 
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_invisible_char",
                    {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", param), position}
                ) -- add error message
                return -- and done with this parameter
            end
        end
    end
end
end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
Line 816: Line 791:


]]
]]
local function argument_wrapper(args)
    local origin = {}


local function argument_wrapper ( args )
    return setmetatable(
local origin = {};
        {
            ORIGIN = function(self, k)
return setmetatable({
                local dummy = self[k] -- force the variable to be loaded.
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
                return origin[k]
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
            end
return origin[k];
        },
end
        {
},
            __index = function(tbl, k)
{
                if origin[k] ~= nil then
__index = function ( tbl, k )
                    return nil
if origin[k] ~= nil then
                end
return nil;
 
end
                local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]
 
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
                if type(list) == "table" then
                    v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one(args, list, "err_redundant_parameters")
if type( list ) == 'table' then
                    if origin[k] == nil then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
                        origin[k] = "" -- Empty string, not nil
if origin[k] == nil then
                    end
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
                elseif list ~= nil then
end
                    v, origin[k] = args[list], list
elseif list ~= nil then
                else
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
                    -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
else
                    -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
                    error(cfg.messages["unknown_argument_map"] .. ": " .. k)
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
                end
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
 
end
                -- Empty strings, not nil;
                if v == nil then
-- Empty strings, not nil;
                    v = ""
if v == nil then
                    origin[k] = ""
v = '';
                end
origin[k] = '';
 
end
                tbl = rawset(tbl, k, v)
                return v
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
            end
return v;
        }
end,
    )
});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
Line 869: Line 844:


]]
]]
local function nowrap_date(date)
    local cap = ""
    local cap2 = ""


local function nowrap_date (date)
    if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
local cap = '';
        date = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["nowrap1"], date)
local cap2 = '';
    elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
        cap, cap2 = string.match(date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$")
        date = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["nowrap2"], {cap, cap2})
    end


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
    return date
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
Line 894: Line 866:


]]
]]
local function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
    if utilities.is_set(title_type) then
        if "none" == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
            title_type = "" -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
        end
        return title_type -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
    end


local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
    return cfg.title_types[cite_class] or "" -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
end
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
any other forms are returned unmodified.
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
]]
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
return str;
end
local accept; -- Boolean
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
local out = {};
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item
if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
end
end
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end
local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out
if accept then
temp_str = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value
return temp_str;
else
return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
Line 972: Line 882:


]]
]]
local function safe_join(tbl, duplicate_char)
    local f = {} -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
    if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
        f.gsub = string.gsub
        f.match = string.match
        f.sub = string.sub
    else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
        f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
        f.match = mw.ustring.match
        f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
    end


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
    local str = "" -- the output string
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
    local comp = "" -- what does 'comp' mean?
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
    local end_chr = ""
f.gsub = string.gsub
    local trim
f.match = string.match
    for _, value in ipairs(tbl) do
f.sub = string.sub
        if value == nil then
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
            value = ""
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
        end
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end


local str = ''; -- the output string
        if str == "" then -- if output string is empty
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
            str = value -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
local end_chr = '';
        elseif value ~= "" then
local trim;
            if value:sub(1, 1) == "<" then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
                comp = value:gsub("%b<>", "") -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
if value == nil then value = ''; end
            else
                comp = value
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
            end
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
            -- typically duplicate_char is sepc
elseif value ~= '' then
            if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
                --  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
                --  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
else
                trim = false
comp = value;
                end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1) -- get the last character of the output string
end
                -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
                if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
                    str = f.sub(str, 1, -2) -- remove it
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
                elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
                    if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
trim = false;
                        str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''" -- remove them and add back ''
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
                    elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
                        trim = true -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
                    elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
                        trim = true -- same question
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
                    end
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
                elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
                    if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
                        trim = true
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
                    elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
                        trim = true
trim = true; -- same question
                    elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
end
                        trim = true
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
                    elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
                        trim = true
trim = true;
                    end
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
                elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
trim = true;
                    if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
                        str = f.sub(str, 1, -3) -- remove them both
trim = true;
                    end
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
                end
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
                if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
                    if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
                        local dup2 = duplicate_char
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
                        if f.match(dup2, "%A") then
                            dup2 = "%" .. dup2
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
                        end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
else
 
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
                        value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
end
                    else
end
                        value = f.sub(value, 2, -1) -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
                    end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
                end
end
            end
end
            str = str .. value -- add it to the output string
return str;
        end
    end
    return str
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------


returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.
Puncutation not allowed.


]]
]]
 
local function is_suffix(suffix)
local function is_suffix (suffix)
    if utilities.in_array(suffix, {"Jr", "Sr", "Jnr", "Snr", "1st", "2nd", "3rd"}) or suffix:match("^%dth$") then
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
        return true
return true;
    end
end
    return false
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
Line 1,101: Line 1,011:


]]
]]
 
local function is_good_vanc_name(last, first, suffix, position)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
    if not suffix then
if not suffix then
        if first:find("[,%s]") then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
            first = first:match("(.-)[,%s]+") -- get name/initials
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
            suffix = first:match("[,%s]+(.+)$") -- get generational suffix
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
        end
end
    end
end
    if utilities.is_set(suffix) then
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
        if not is_suffix(suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
            add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position)
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
            return false -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
        end
end
    end
end
    if
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
        nil ==
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
            mw.ustring.find(
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
                last,
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
                "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$"
end;
            ) or
return true;
            nil ==
                mw.ustring.find(
                    first,
                    "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$"
                )
    then
        add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl["non-Latin char"], position)
        return false -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
    end
    return true
end
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Line 1,140: Line 1,058:


]]
]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
    if first:find(",", 1, true) then
        return first -- commas not allowed; abandon
    end
    local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$")


local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
    if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
        name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$") -- is it just initials?
    end


if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
    if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
        if 3 > mw.ustring.len(name) then -- if one or two initials
end
            if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
                if is_suffix(suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
                    return first -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
                else
                    add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position) -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
                    return first -- and return first unmolested
                end
            else
                return first -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
            end
        end
    end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
    local initials_t, names_t = {}, {} -- tables to hold name parts and initials
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
    local i = 1 -- counter for number of initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
    names_t = mw.text.split(first, "[%s%-]+") -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials


names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
    while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
        if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match("[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$") then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
            names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub("%.", "") -- remove terminal dot if present
            if is_suffix(names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
                table.insert(initials_t, " " .. names_t[i]) -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
                break -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
            end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
        end
        if 3 > i then
            table.insert(initials_t, mw.ustring.sub(names_t[i], 1, 1)) -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
        end
        i = i + 1 -- bump the counter
    end


while names[i] do -- loop through the table
    return table.concat(initials_t) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
false – no prefixen
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.
]]
local function interwiki_prefixen_get(value, is_link)
    if not value:find(":%l+:") then -- if no prefix
        return false -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
    end
    local prefix_patterns_linked_t = {
        -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
        "^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):", -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
        "^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):", -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
        "^%[%[:([dsw]):", -- wikilinked; project prefix
        "^%[%[:(%l%l+):" -- wikilinked; language prefix
    }
    local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = {
        -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
        "^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):", -- project and language prefixes
        "^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):", -- language and project prefixes
        "^:([dsw]):", -- project prefix
        "^:(%l%l+):" -- language prefix
    }
    local cap1, cap2
    for _, pattern in ipairs((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
        cap1, cap2 = value:match(pattern)
        if cap1 then
            break -- found a match so stop looking
        end
    end
    if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
        if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
                return cap1, cap2 -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
            end
        else -- here when :language:project:
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
                return cap2, cap1 -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
            end
        end
        return nil -- unknown interwiki language
    elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
        return nil -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
    elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
        return cap1, nil -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
    else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
        if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
            return nil, cap1 -- return nil project, language
        end
    end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
Line 1,198: Line 1,185:


]]
]]
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
    local sep
    local namesep
    local format = control.format
    local maximum = control.maximum
    local name_list = {}
    if "vanc" == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
        sep = cfg.presentation["sep_nl_vanc"] -- name-list separator between names is a comma
        namesep = cfg.presentation["sep_name_vanc"] -- last/first separator is a space
    else
        sep = cfg.presentation["sep_nl"] -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
        namesep = cfg.presentation["sep_name"] -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
    end
    if sep:sub(-1, -1) ~= " " then
        sep = sep .. " "
    end
    if utilities.is_set(maximum) and maximum < 1 then
        return "", 0
    end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
    for i, person in ipairs(people) do
        if utilities.is_set(person.last) then
            local mask = person.mask
            local one
            local sep_one = sep


local function list_people (control, people, etal)
            if utilities.is_set(maximum) and i > maximum then
local sep;
                etal = true
local namesep;
                break
local format = control.format;
            end
local maximum = control.maximum;
local name_list = {};


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
            if mask then
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
                local n = tonumber(mask) -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
                if n then
else
                    one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
                    person.link = nil -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
                else
end
                    one = mask -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
                    sep_one = " " -- modify name-list separator
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
                end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
            else
                one = person.last -- get surname
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
                local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
                if utilities.is_set(first) then
local mask = person.mask;
                    if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
local one;
                        one = one:gsub("%.", "") -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
local sep_one = sep;
                        if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name(one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
                            first = reduce_to_initials(first, i) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
                        end
                    end
                    one = one .. namesep .. first
                end
            end
            if utilities.is_set(person.link) then
                one = utilities.make_wikilink(person.link, one) -- link author/editor
            end
 
            if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
                local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get(one, true) -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
                if "w" == proj and ("Wikipedia" == mw.site.namespaces.Project["name"]) then
                    proj = nil -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
                end
                if proj then
                    local proj_name = ({["d"] = "Wikidata", ["s"] = "Wikisource", ["w"] = "Wikipedia"})[proj] -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
                    if proj_name then
                        one = one .. utilities.wrap_style("interproj", proj_name) -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
                        utilities.add_prop_cat("interproj-linked-name", proj) -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
                        tag = nil -- unset; don't do both project and language
                    end
                end
                if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
                    tag = nil -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
                end
                if tag then
                    local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]
                    if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
                        one = one .. utilities.wrap_style("interwiki", lang) -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
                        utilities.add_prop_cat("interwiki-linked-name", tag) -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
                    end
                end
 
                table.insert(name_list, one) -- add it to the list of names
                table.insert(name_list, sep_one) -- add the proper name-list separator
            end
        end
    end


if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
    local count = #name_list / 2 -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
etal = true;
    if 0 < count then
break;
        if 1 < count and not etal then
end
            if "amp" == format then
                name_list[#name_list - 2] = " & " -- replace last separator with ampersand text
if mask then
            elseif "and" == format then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
                if 2 == count then
if n then
                    name_list[#name_list - 2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and -- replace last separator with 'and' text
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
                else
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
                    name_list[#name_list - 2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
else
                end
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
            end
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
        end
end
        name_list[#name_list] = nil -- erase the last separator
else
    end
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end


local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
    local result = table.concat(name_list) -- construct list
if 0 < count then
    if etal and utilities.is_set(result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
if 1 < count and not etal then
        result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages["et al"] -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
if 'amp' == format then
    end
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end


local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
    return result, count -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end
end


Line 1,293: Line 1,307:


]]
]]
local function make_citeref_id(namelist, year)
    local names = {} -- a table for the one to four names and year
    for i, v in ipairs(namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
        names[i] = v.last
        if i == 4 then
            break
        end -- if four then done
    end
    table.insert(names, year) -- add the year at the end
    local id = table.concat(names) -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
    if utilities.is_set(id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
        return "CITEREF" .. id -- add the CITEREF portion
    else
        return "" -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
    end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.


local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
 
names[i] = v.last
]]
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
local function cite_class_attribute_make(cite_class, mode)
end
    local class_t = {}
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
    table.insert(class_t, "citation") -- required for blue highlight
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
    if "citation" ~= cite_class then
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
        table.insert(class_t, cite_class) -- identify this template for user css
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
        table.insert(class_t, utilities.is_set(mode) and mode or "cs1") -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
    else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
        table.insert(class_t, utilities.is_set(mode) and mode or "cs2") -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
end
    end
    for _, prop_key in ipairs(z.prop_keys_t) do
        table.insert(class_t, prop_key) -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
    end
 
    return table.concat(class_t, " ") -- make a big string and done
end
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
Line 1,321: Line 1,359:


]]
]]
local function name_has_etal(name, etal, nocat, param)
    if utilities.is_set(name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
        local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns -- get patterns from configuration


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
        for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
            if name:match(pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
                name = name:gsub(pattern, "") -- remove the offending text
                etal = true -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
                if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
                    utilities.set_message("err_etal", {param}) -- and set an error if not added
                end
            end
        end
    end


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
    return name, etal
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
end
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end


return name, etal;
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
end


Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. 


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.


Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.


returns nothing
returns nothing


]]
]]
local function name_is_numeric(name, name_alias, list_name)
    local patterns = {
        "^%D+%d", -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
        "^%D*%d+%D+" -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
    }


local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
    if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match(name, "^[%A]+$") then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
if utilities.is_set (name) then
        utilities.set_message("err_numeric_names", name_alias) -- add an error message
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
        added_numeric_name_errs = true -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
        return -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
end
    end
end
 
    if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
        for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
            if mw.ustring.match(name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
                utilities.set_message("maint_numeric_names", cfg.special_case_translation[list_name]) -- add a maint cat for this template
                added_numeric_name_maint = true -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
                return -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
            end
        end
    end
end
end


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.


--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.


Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations:
<name> – name parameter value
ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function adds the editor markup
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names
maintenance category.


returns nothing
returns nothing


]]
]]
local function name_has_mult_names(name, list_name, limit)
    local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps
    limit = limit and limit or 1
    if utilities.is_set(name) then
        _, commas = name:gsub(",", "") -- count the number of commas
        _, semicolons = name:gsub(";", "") -- count the number of semicolons
        -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
        -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
        -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
        -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
        -- entities
        _, nbsps = name:gsub("&nbsp;", "") -- count nbsps


local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
        -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
        -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
        -- they also can be subtracted.
        if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
            utilities.set_message("maint_mult_names", cfg.special_case_translation[list_name]) -- add a maint message
        end
    end
end
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
'generic_titles' – for |title=
 
There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test.  For example,
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.


if utilities.is_set (name) then
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
if name:match (pattern) then
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
break;
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
end
end
end
end


Returns
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
]=]


Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
local function is_generic(item, value, wiki)
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
    local test_val
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
    local str_lower = {
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
        -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
        ["en"] = string.lower,
        ["local"] = mw.ustring.lower
    }
    local str_find = {
        -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
        ["en"] = string.find,
        ["local"] = mw.ustring.find
    }


returns nothing
    local function test(val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
        val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
        return str_find[wiki](val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]) -- return nil when not found or matched
    end


]]
    local test_types_t = {"accept", "reject"} -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
    local wikis_t = {"en", "local"} -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second


local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
    for _, test_type in ipairs(test_types_t) do -- for each test type
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
        for _, generic_value in pairs(cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
if utilities.is_set (name) then
            for _, wiki in ipairs(wikis_t) do
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
                if generic_value[wiki] then
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
                    if test(value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
                        return ("reject" == test_type) -- param value rejected, return true; false else
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
                    end
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
                end
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
            end
-- entities
        end
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
    end
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------


--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >---------------------------
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging


This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content
]]
of the various name-holding parameters.
local function name_is_generic(name, name_alias)
    if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic("generic_names", name) then
        utilities.set_message("err_generic_name", name_alias) -- set an error message
        added_generic_name_errs = true
    end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.


]]
]]
local function name_checks(last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
    local accept_name


local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
    if utilities.is_set(last) then
local accept_name;
        last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(last) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>


if utilities.is_set (last) then
        if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
            name_has_mult_names(last, list_name) -- check for multiple names in the parameter
            name_is_numeric(last, last_alias, list_name) -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
            name_is_generic(last, last_alias) -- check for names found in the generic names list
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
        end
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
    end
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
end
end


if utilities.is_set (first) then
    if utilities.is_set(first) then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
        first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(first) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>


if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
        if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
            name_has_mult_names(first, list_name, 0) -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
            name_is_numeric(first, first_alias, list_name) -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
end
            name_is_generic(first, first_alias) -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
        end
        local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink(first)
        if 0 ~= wl_type then
            first = D
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", first_alias)
        end
    end


return last, first; -- done
    return last, first -- done
end
end


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
Gets name list from the input arguments


Line 1,472: Line 1,584:


]]
]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
    local names = {} -- table of names
    local last  -- individual name components
    local first
    local link
    local mask
    local i = 1 -- loop counter/indexer
    local n = 1 -- output table indexer
    local count = 0 -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
    local etal = false -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
    local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias  -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
    while true do
        last, last_alias = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "err_redundant_parameters", i) -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
        first, first_alias =
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        link, link_alias = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Link"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        mask = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Mask"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
            local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get(last, true) -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
            if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
                utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", last_alias) -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
                last = utilities.remove_wiki_link(last) -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
            end
        end
        if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
            local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get(link, false) -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
            if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
                utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", link_alias) -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
                link = nil -- unset so we don't link
                link_alias = nil
            end
        end
        last, etal = name_has_etal(last, etal, false, last_alias) -- find and remove variations on et al.
        first, etal = name_has_etal(first, etal, false, first_alias) -- find and remove variations on et al.
        last, first = name_checks(last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
        if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local names = {}; -- table of names
            local alias = first_alias:find("given", 1, true) and "given" or "first" -- get first or given form of the alias
local last; -- individual name components
            utilities.set_message(
local first;
                "err_first_missing_last",
local link;
                {
local mask;
                    first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
                    first_alias:gsub(alias, {["first"] = "last", ["given"] = "surname"}) -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
                }
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
            ) -- add this error message
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
        elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
            count = count + 1 -- number of times we haven't found last and first
            if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
                break -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
            end
        else -- we have last with or without a first
            local result
            link = link_title_ok(link, link_alias, last, last_alias) -- check for improper wiki-markup


local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
            if first then
while true do
                link = link_title_ok(link, link_alias, first, first_alias) -- check for improper wiki-markup
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
            end
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
            names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false} -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
            n = n + 1 -- point to next location in the names table
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
            if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
                utilities.set_message("err_missing_name", {list_name:match("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}) -- add this error message
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
            end
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
            count = 0 -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
        end
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
        i = i + 1 -- point to next args location
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
    end
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end


names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
    return names, etal -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------


--[[---------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >----------------------
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}


Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses,
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no
match, we return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of
]]
languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam'
local function name_tag_get(lang_param)
and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
    local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower(lang_param) -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a
    local name
'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.
    local tag
A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found
at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc


Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the
    name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc] -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
|language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name
    if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found and the
        if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the
            utilities.set_message("maint_unknown_lang") -- add maint category if not already added
WikiMedia language name.
            return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
        end
        return name, lang_param_lc -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
    end


Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
    tag = lang_param_lc:match("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*") -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
    name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code
    if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
        return name, tag -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
    end


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
    if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
        return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2] -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
    end


]]
    name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc] -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
 
    if name then
        return name, lang_param_lc -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
    end
 
    tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc] -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag


local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
    if tag then
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
        return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
    end
end


local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
    tag = lang_param_lc:match("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*") -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
local ietf_name;
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons


for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
    if tag then
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
        name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag] -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
        if name then
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
            return name, tag -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
end
        end
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
    end
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
end
end
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
end
end


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
Line 1,603: Line 1,742:


]]
]]
local function language_parameter(lang)
    local tag  -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
    local lang_subtag  -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
    local name  -- the language name
    local language_list = {} -- table of language names to be rendered
    local names_t = {} -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


local function language_parameter (lang)
    local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code) -- get this wiki's language name
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
    names_t = mw.text.split(lang, "%s*,%s*") -- names should be a comma separated list


for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
    for _, lang in ipairs(names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap
        name, tag = name_tag_get(lang) -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase


if name then -- there was a remapped code so
        if utilities.is_set(tag) then
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
            lang_subtag = tag:gsub("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*", "%1") -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
end
else
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
end
end


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
            if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
                if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
else
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("foreign-lang-source", {name, tag}, lang_subtag) -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
                else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
end
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("foreign-lang-source-2", {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag) -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
                end
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
            elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
                utilities.add_prop_cat("local-lang-source", {name, lang_subtag}) -- categorize it
            end
        else
            name = lang -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
            utilities.set_message("maint_unknown_lang") -- add maint category if not already added
        end


if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
        table.insert(language_list, name)
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
        name = "" -- so we can reuse it
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
    end
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
end
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);


if this_wiki_name == name then
    name = utilities.make_sep_list(#language_list, language_list)
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
    if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
end
        return "" -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
    end
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
    return (" " .. wrap_msg("language", name)) -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
    --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
]]
Line 1,666: Line 1,788:


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
]]
]]
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
local function set_cs_style(postscript, mode)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
    if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
        -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
        -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
        if mode == "cs1" and postscript == cfg.presentation["ps_" .. mode] then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
            utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
end
        end
else
    else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
        postscript = cfg.presentation["ps_" .. mode]
end
    end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
    return cfg.presentation["sep_" .. mode], postscript
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
]]
]]
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local function set_style(mode, postscript, cite_class)
local sep;
    local sep
if 'cs2' == mode then
    if "cs2" == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs2")
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
    elseif "cs1" == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs1")
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
    elseif "citation" == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs2")
else
    else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs1")
end
    end


if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
    if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == "none" then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
        -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
        -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
        if "cs2" == mode or ("cs1" ~= mode and "citation" == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
            utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
end
        end
postscript = '';
        postscript = ""
end
    end
 
return sep, postscript
    return sep, postscript
end
end


Line 1,721: Line 1,847:
]=]
]=]


local function is_pdf (url)
local function is_pdf(url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
    return url:match("%.pdf$") or url:match("%.PDF$") or url:match("%.pdf[%?#]") or url:match("%.PDF[%?#]") or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
        url:match("%.PDF&#035") or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
        url:match("%.pdf&#035")
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
Line 1,737: Line 1,862:


]]
]]
 
local function style_format(format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
    if utilities.is_set(format) then
if utilities.is_set (format) then
        format = utilities.wrap_style("format", format) -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
        if not utilities.is_set(url) then
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
            utilities.set_message("err_format_missing_url", {fmt_param, url_param}) -- add an error message
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
        end
end
    elseif is_pdf(url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
        format = utilities.wrap_style("format", "PDF") -- set format to PDF
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
    else
else
        format = "" -- empty string for concatenation
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
    end
end
    return format
return format;
end
end


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
Line 1,769: Line 1,892:


inputs:
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.


]]
]]
local function get_display_names(max, count, list_name, etal, param)
    if utilities.is_set(max) then
        if "etal" == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", "") then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
            max = count + 1 -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
            etal = true -- overrides value set by extract_names()
        elseif max:match("^%d+$") then -- if is a string of numbers
            max = tonumber(max) -- make it a number
            if (max >= count) and ("cs1 config" ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
                utilities.set_message("err_disp_name", {param, max}) -- add error message
                max = nil
            end
        else -- not a valid keyword or number
            utilities.set_message("err_disp_name", {param, max}) -- add error message
            max = nil -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
        end
    end


local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
    return max, etal
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
return max, etal;
end
end


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
Line 1,808: Line 1,934:


]]
]]
 
local function extra_text_in_page_check(val, name)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
    if not val:match(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
        for _, pattern in ipairs(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
            if val:match(pattern) then -- when a match, error so
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
                utilities.set_message("err_extra_text_pages", name) -- add error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', {name}, true)}); -- add error message
                return -- and done
return; -- and done
            end
end
        end
end
    end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------


Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
and |issue=.


For |volume=:
For |volume=:
Line 1,832: Line 1,958:
For |issue=:
For |issue=:
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).
parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
numero sign U+2116.
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
Line 1,844: Line 1,971:


]]
]]
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(val, name, selector)
    if not utilities.is_set(val) then
        return
    end


local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
    local handler = "v" == selector and "err_extra_text_volume" or "err_extra_text_issue"
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
    val = val:lower() -- force parameter value to lower case
return;
end
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;


local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
    for _, pattern in ipairs(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
        if val:match(pattern) then -- when a match, error so
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
            utilities.set_message(handler, name) -- add error message
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
            return -- and done
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message (handler, {name}, true)}); -- add error message
        end
return; -- and done
    end
end
end
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
Line 1,873: Line 1,997:
]=]
]=]


local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local function get_v_name_table(vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
    local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written(vparam)
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
    if accept then
        utilities.add_prop_cat("vanc-accept") -- add properties category
local i = 1;
    end
    local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
while name_table[i] do
    local wl_type, label, link -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
 
local name = name_table[i];
    local i = 1
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
    while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
        if name_table[i]:match("^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$") then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
            local name = name_table[i]
break; -- and done reassembling so
            i = i + 1 -- bump indexer to next segment
end
            while name_table[i] do
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
                name = name .. ", " .. name_table[i] -- concatenate with previous segments
end
                if name_table[i]:match("^.*%)%)$") then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
                    break -- and done reassembling so
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
                end
else
                i = i + 1 -- bump indexer
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
            end
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
            table.insert(output_table, name) -- and add corporate name to the output table
if 1 == wl_type then
            table.insert(output_link_table, "") -- no wikilink
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
        else
else
            wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink(name_table[i]) -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
            table.insert(output_table, label) -- add this name
end
            if 1 == wl_type then
end
                table.insert(output_link_table, label) -- simple wikilink [[D]]
i = i + 1;
            else
end
                table.insert(output_link_table, link) -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
return output_table;
            end
        end
        i = i + 1
    end
    return output_table
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
Line 1,921: Line 2,048:


]]
]]
local function parse_vauthors_veditors(args, vparam, list_name)
    local names = {} -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
    local v_name_table = {}
    local v_link_table = {} -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
    local etal = false -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
    local last, first, link, mask, suffix
    local corporate = false


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
    vparam, etal = name_has_etal(vparam, etal, true) -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
    v_name_table = get_v_name_table(vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table) -- names are separated by commas
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
    for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
        first = "" -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
        local accept_name
        v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(v_name) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
        if accept_name then
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
            last = v_name
local accept_name;
            corporate = true -- flag used in list_people()
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
        elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
            if v_name:find("[;%.]") then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i)
            end
            local lastfirstTable = {}
            lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
            first = table.remove(lastfirstTable) -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix


if accept_name then
            if not mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u+$") then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
last = v_name;
                suffix = first -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
                first = table.remove(lastfirstTable) -- get what should be the initials from the table
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
            end
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
            last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
            if not utilities.is_set(last) then
end
                first = "" -- unset
local lastfirstTable = {}
                last = v_name -- last empty because something wrong with first
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i)
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
            end
            if mw.ustring.match(last, "%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+") then
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl["missing comma"], i) -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
            end
            if mw.ustring.match(v_name, " %u %u$") then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i) -- matches a space between two initials
            end
        else
            last = v_name -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
        end


if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
        if utilities.is_set(first) then
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
            if not mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i) -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
            end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
            is_good_vanc_name(last, first, suffix, i) -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
            if utilities.is_set(suffix) then
first = ''; -- unset
                first = first .. " " .. suffix -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
                suffix = "" -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
            end
end
        else
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
            if not corporate then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
                is_good_vanc_name(last, "", nil, i)
end
            end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
        end
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end


link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
        link =
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Link"], "err_redundant_parameters", i) or
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
            v_link_table[i]
end
        mask = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Mask"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
        names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate} -- add this assembled name to our names list
    end
    return names, etal -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Line 2,009: Line 2,136:


]]
]]
local function select_author_editor_source(vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
    local lastfirst = false
    if
        utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "none", 1) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "none", 1) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "none", 2) or
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "none", 2)
    then
        lastfirst = true
    end


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
    if
local lastfirst = false;
        (utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
            (utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set(xxxxors)) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
            (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set(xxxxors))
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
    then
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
        local err_name
lastfirst = true;
        if "AuthorList" == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
end
            err_name = "author"
 
        else
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
            err_name = "editor"
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
        end
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
        utilities.set_message("err_redundant_parameters", err_name .. "-name-list parameters") -- add error message
local err_name;
    end
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
    if true == lastfirst then
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
        return 1
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
    end -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
    if utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) then
        return 2
    end
    if utilities.is_set(xxxxors) then
        return 3
    end
    return 1 -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
Line 2,046: Line 2,180:
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.
specified by ret_val.
TODO: explain <invert>


]]
]]
local function is_valid_parameter_value(value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
    if not utilities.is_set(value) then
        return ret_val -- an empty parameter is ok
    end


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
    if (not invert and utilities.in_array(value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
        return cfg.keywords_xlate[value] -- return translation of parameter keyword
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
    elseif invert and not utilities.in_array(value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
        return value -- return <value> as it is
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
    else
else
        utilities.set_message("err_invalid_param_val", {name, value}) -- not an allowed value so add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
        return ret_val
return ret_val;
    end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
Line 2,069: Line 2,207:


]]
]]
local function terminate_name_list(name_list, sepc)
    if (string.sub(name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ". ") then -- if already properly terminated
        return name_list -- just return the name list
    elseif (string.sub(name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub(name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. "]]") then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
        return name_list .. " " -- don't add another
    else
        return name_list .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terminate the name list
    end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.


local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
]]
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
local function format_volume_issue(volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
return name_list; -- just return the name list
    if not utilities.is_set(volume) and not utilities.is_set(issue) and not utilities.is_set(article) then
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
        return ""
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
    end
else
 
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
    -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
end
    local is_journal =
end
        "journal" == cite_class or
        (utilities.in_array(cite_class, {"citation", "map", "interview"}) and "journal" == origin)
 
    local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match("^[MDCLXVI]+$") or volume:match("^%d+$")) -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
    local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?


    if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
        utilities.add_prop_cat("long-vol") -- yes, add properties cat
    end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
    if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
        local vol = ""


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
        if utilities.is_set(volume) then
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
            if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["vol-bold"], {sepc, volume}) -- render in bold face
            elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-vol"], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}) -- not bold
            else -- four or fewer characters
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["vol-bold"], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}) -- bold
            end
        end
        vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set(issue) and utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-issue"], issue) or "")
        vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set(article) and utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-article-num"], article) or "")
        return vol
    end


]]
    if "podcast" == cite_class and utilities.is_set(issue) then
        return wrap_msg("issue", {sepc, issue}, lower)
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
    end
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end


if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
    if "conference" == cite_class and utilities.is_set(article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
        if utilities.is_set(volume) and utilities.is_set(article) then -- both volume and article number
end
            return wrap_msg("vol-art", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume), article}, lower)
        elseif utilities.is_set(article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
            return wrap_msg("art", {sepc, article}, lower)
        end
    end


local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
    -- all other types of citation
    if utilities.is_set(volume) and utilities.is_set(issue) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
        return wrap_msg("vol-no", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume), issue}, lower)
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
    elseif utilities.is_set(volume) then
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
        return wrap_msg("vol", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}, lower)
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
    else
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
        return wrap_msg("issue", {sepc, issue}, lower)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
    end
else -- four or less characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
Line 2,135: Line 2,288:


]]
]]
local function format_pages_sheets(page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
    if "map" == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
        if utilities.is_set(sheet) then
            if "journal" == origin then
                return "", "", wrap_msg("j-sheet", sheet, lower), ""
            else
                return "", "", wrap_msg("sheet", {sepc, sheet}, lower), ""
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(sheets) then
            if "journal" == origin then
                return "", "", "", wrap_msg("j-sheets", sheets, lower)
            else
                return "", "", "", wrap_msg("sheets", {sepc, sheets}, lower)
            end
        end
    end


local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
    local is_journal =
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
        "journal" == cite_class or
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
        (utilities.in_array(cite_class, {"citation", "map", "interview"}) and "journal" == origin)
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
    if utilities.is_set(page) then
        if is_journal then
if utilities.is_set (page) then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-page(s)"], page), "", "", ""
if is_journal then
        elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, page}), "", "", ""
elseif not nopp then
        else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, page}), "", "", ""
else
        end
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
    elseif utilities.is_set(pages) then
end
        if is_journal then
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-page(s)"], pages), "", "", ""
if is_journal then
        elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
        elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["pp-prefix"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
elseif not nopp then
        else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
else
        end
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
    end
end
 
end
    return "", "", "", "" -- return empty strings
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
Line 2,193: Line 2,346:


]]
]]
local function insource_loc_get(page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
    local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L  -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)


local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
    if utilities.is_set(page) then
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
        if utilities.is_set(pages) or utilities.is_set(at) then
            pages = "" -- unset the others
            at = ""
        end
        extra_text_in_page_check(page, page_orig) -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


if utilities.is_set (page) then
        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(page) -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
        if ws_url then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
            page = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in page") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = '';
            page =
end
                utilities.substitute(
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, page}
            )
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(pages) then
        if utilities.is_set(at) then
            at = "" -- unset
        end
        extra_text_in_page_check(pages, pages_orig) -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(pages) -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
        if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            pages = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in pages") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
            pages =
coins_pages = ws_label;
                utilities.substitute(
end
                cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
                {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, pages}
if utilities.is_set (at) then
            )
at = ''; -- unset
            coins_pages = ws_label
end
        end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
    elseif utilities.is_set(at) then
        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(at) -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            at = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in at") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            at = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"], {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, at})
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    end


ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
    return page, pages, at, coins_pages
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end
end


Line 2,239: Line 2,399:


]]
]]
local function is_unique_archive_url(archive, url, c_url, source, date)
    if utilities.is_set(archive) then
        if archive == url or archive == c_url then
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_url", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)}) -- add error message
            return "", "" -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
        end
    end


local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
    return archive, date
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, true)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end
 
return archive, date;
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Line 2,282: Line 2,440:
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
matches the timestamp in the archive url.


]=]
]=]


local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local function archive_url_check(url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
    local err_msg = "" -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
    local path, timestamp, flag -- portions of the archive.org URL
 
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
    timestamp =
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
        url:match("//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/") or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
end
        url:match("//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/") -- this timestamp needs cleanup
    if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
        return url, date, timestamp:gsub("[%.%-]", "") -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
    end
    -- here for archive.org urls
    if (not url:match("//web%.archive%.org/")) and (not url:match("//liveweb%.archive%.org/")) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
        return url, date -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
    end
 
    if url:match("//web%.archive%.org/save/") then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
        err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save
        url = url:gsub("(//web%.archive%.org)/save/", "%1/*/", 1) -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
    elseif url:match("//liveweb%.archive%.org/") then
        err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb
    else
        path, timestamp, flag = url:match("//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/") -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
        if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp
        elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp
            if "*" ~= flag then
                local replacement = timestamp:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d") or timestamp:match("^%d%d%d%d") -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
                if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
                    replacement = replacement .. string.rep("0", 14 - replacement:len()) -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
                    url = url:gsub("(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*", "%1" .. replacement .. "*", 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
                end
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(path) and "web/" ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path
        elseif utilities.is_set(flag) and not utilities.is_set(path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag
        elseif utilities.is_set(flag) and not flag:match("%a%a_") then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag
        else
            return url, date, timestamp -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
        end
    end
    -- if here, something not right so
    utilities.set_message("err_archive_url", {err_msg}) -- add error message and


if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
    if is_preview_mode then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
        return url, date, timestamp -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
    else
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
        return "", "" -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
    end
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
Line 2,334: Line 2,508:


]]
]]
local function place_check(param_val)
    if not utilities.is_set(param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
        return param_val -- return that empty state
    end
    if mw.ustring.find(param_val, "%d") then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
        utilities.set_message("maint_location") -- yep, add maint cat
    end


local function place_check (param_val)
    return param_val -- and done
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
end
return param_val; -- return that empty state
 
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
 
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
 
end
]]
local function is_archived_copy(title)
return param_val; -- and done
    title = mw.ustring.lower(title) -- switch title to lower case
    if title:find(cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
        return true
    elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy["local"] then
        if mw.ustring.find(title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy["local"]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
            return true
        end
    end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------
 
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.
 
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
set overridden maint category
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value
 
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.
 
]]
local function display_names_select(global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
    if global_display_names and utilities.is_set(local_display_names) then -- when both
        if "etal" == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", "") then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
            number_of_names = tonumber(number_of_names) -- convert these to numbers for comparison
            local global_display_names_num = tonumber(global_display_names) -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits
 
            if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
                utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
                return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
            else
                return local_display_names, param_name -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
            end
        end
        -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
        return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
    end
    -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
    if global_display_names then
        return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
    else
        return local_display_names, param_name -- return local
    end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------
fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides
local |mode= parameter value.  When both are present, emit maintenance message
]]
local function mode_set(Mode, Mode_origin)
    local mode
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
        mode =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"],
            "cs1 config: mode",
            cfg.keywords_lists["mode"],
            ""
        ) -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
    else
        mode = is_valid_parameter_value(Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists["mode"], "")
    end
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"] and utilities.is_set(Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
    end
    return mode
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------


compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns.  Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=


the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>.  When none of those parameters
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.


]]
]]
local function quote_make(quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript)
    if utilities.is_set(quote) or utilities.is_set(trans_quote) or utilities.is_set(script_quote) then
        if utilities.is_set(quote) then
            if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
                quote = quote:sub(2, -2) -- strip them off
            end
        end
        quote = kern_quotes(quote) -- kern if needed
        quote = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-text", quote) -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
        if utilities.is_set(script_quote) then
            quote = script_concatenate(quote, script_quote, "script-quote") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
        end
        if utilities.is_set(trans_quote) then
            if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
                trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2) -- strip them off
            end
            quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", trans_quote)
        end
        if utilities.is_set(quote_page) or utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then -- add page prefix
            local quote_prefix = ""
            if utilities.is_set(quote_page) then
                extra_text_in_page_check(quote_page, "quote-page") -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                if not nopp then
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, quote_page}), "", "", ""
                else
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, quote_page}), "", "", ""
                end
            elseif utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then
                extra_text_in_page_check(quote_pages, "quote-pages") -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                elseif not nopp then
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["pp-prefix"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                else
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                end
            end
            quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote
        else
            quote = sepc .. " " .. quote
        end
        postscript = "" -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
    elseif utilities.is_set(quote_page) or utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then
        quote_page = nil -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message?
        quote_pages = nil
    end


local function is_generic_title (title)
    return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do -- spin through the list of known generic title fragments
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
return true; -- found English generic title so done
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true; -- found local generic title so done
end
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value.
when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else


compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=


]]
]]
local function check_publisher_name(publisher)
    local patterns_t = {
        "^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$", -- plain text <location>: <publisher>
        "^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$", -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher>
        "^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$", -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]]
        "^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$" -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]]
    }


local function is_archived_copy (title)
    for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
        if mw.ustring.match(publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match?
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
            utilities.set_message("maint_publisher_location") -- set a maint message
return true;
            return -- and done
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
        end
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
    end
return true;
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------
compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=.
return boolean true when:
|page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters
of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678
|page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters
|page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing
characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345
|page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with
'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit)
return nil when |page(s)= values:
are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character
are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages
have external urls (has text 'http')
are digit-only values less than 10000
do not match |doi= values's trailing characters
]]
local function is_page_art_num(page, doi)
    if not (utilities.is_set(page) and utilities.is_set(doi)) then -- both required
        return -- abandon; nothing to do
    end
    if page:match("[,;_−–—‒%-]") then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages
        return -- abandon
    end
    page = page:lower() -- because doi names are case insensitive
    doi = doi:lower() -- force these to lowercase for testing
    if page:match("http") then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url
        return -- abandon
    end
    if tonumber(page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only
        if 10000 > tonumber(page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000
            return -- abandon
        end
        if doi:match(page .. "$") then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=?
            return true
        end
        if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits
            local dot_page = page:gsub("(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)", "%1.%2") -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi=
            if doi:match(dot_page .. "$") then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end
        end
    else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric
        if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters
            if doi:match(page .. "$") then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end
            local epage = page:match("^e([%w]+)$") -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it
            if epage and doi:match(epage .. "$") then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end
            local cdpage = page:match("^cd%d+$") -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits)
            if cdpage and doi:match(cdpage .. "%.pub%d$") then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit
                return true
            end
        end
    end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
Line 2,397: Line 2,769:


]]
]]
 
local function citation0(config, args)
local function citation0( config, args )
    --[[  
--[[  
Load Input Parameters
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
    local A = argument_wrapper(args)
local i  
    local i


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
    -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
    -- define different field names for the same underlying things.


local author_etal;
    local author_etal
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
    local a = {} -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
    local Authors
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
    local NameListStyle
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
        NameListStyle =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"],
            "cs1 config: name-list-style",
            cfg.keywords_lists["name-list-style"],
            ""
        ) -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
    else
        NameListStyle =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            A["NameListStyle"],
            A:ORIGIN("NameListStyle"),
            cfg.keywords_lists["name-list-style"],
            ""
        )
    end


do -- to limit scope of selected
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"] and utilities.is_set(A["NameListStyle"]) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
if 1 == selected then
    end
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end


local editor_etal;
    local Collaboration = A["Collaboration"]
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=


do -- to limit scope of selected
    do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
        local selected = select_author_editor_source(A["Vauthors"], A["Authors"], args, "AuthorList")
if 1 == selected then
        if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
            a, author_etal = extract_names(args, "AuthorList") -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
        elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
            NameListStyle = "vanc" -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
            a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors(args, A["Vauthors"], "AuthorList") -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
end
        elseif 3 == selected then
end
            Authors = A["Authors"] -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
        end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
        if utilities.is_set(Collaboration) then
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
            author_etal = true -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
        end
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
    end
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
 
end
    local editor_etal
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
    local e = {} -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
    do -- to limit scope of selected
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
        local selected = select_author_editor_source(A["Veditors"], nil, args, "EditorList") -- support for |editors= withdrawn
        if 1 == selected then
if 0 < #c then
            e, editor_etal = extract_names(args, "EditorList") -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
        elseif 2 == selected then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
            NameListStyle = "vanc" -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors(args, args.veditors, "EditorList") -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
        end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
    end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
    local Chapter = A["Chapter"] -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
end
    local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("Chapter")
end
    local Contribution -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
else -- if not a book cite
    if "contribution" == Chapter_origin then
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
        Contribution = Chapter -- get the name of the contribution
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
    end
end
    local c = {} -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
end
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set(A["Periodical"]) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
        c = extract_names(args, "ContributorList") -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
        if 0 < #c then
            if not utilities.is_set(Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
                utilities.set_message("err_contributor_missing_required_param", "contribution") -- add missing contribution error message
                c = {} -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            end
            if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
                utilities.set_message("err_contributor_missing_required_param", "author") -- add missing author error message
                c = {} -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            end
        end
    else -- if not a book cite
        if utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases["ContributorList-Last"], "err_redundant_parameters", 1) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
            utilities.set_message("err_contributor_ignored") -- add contributor ignored error message
        end
        Contribution = nil -- unset
    end
 
    local Title = A["Title"]
    local TitleLink = A["TitleLink"]
 
    local auto_select = "" -- default is auto
    local accept_link
    TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true) -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
    if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array(TitleLink, {"none", "pmc", "doi"}) then -- check for special keywords
        auto_select = TitleLink -- remember selection for later
        TitleLink = "" -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
    end
 
    TitleLink = link_title_ok(TitleLink, A:ORIGIN("TitleLink"), Title, "title") -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
    local Section = "" -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
    if "map" == config.CitationClass and "section" == Chapter_origin then
        Section = A["Chapter"] -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
        Chapter = "" -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
    end
 
    local Periodical = A["Periodical"]
    local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("Periodical")
    local ScriptPeriodical = A["ScriptPeriodical"]
    local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptPeriodical")
    local TransPeriodical = A["TransPeriodical"]
    local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransPeriodical")
 
    if
        (utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "encyclopaedia"}) and
            (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical)))
    then
        local param
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
            Periodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        elseif utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical) then
            TransPeriodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = TransPeriodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) then
            ScriptPeriodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = ScriptPeriodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(param) then -- if we found one
            utilities.set_message("err_periodical_ignored", {param}) -- emit an error message
        end
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
        local i
        Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(Periodical) -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
        if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
            utilities.set_message("err_apostrophe_markup", {Periodical_origin})
        end
    end
 
    if "mailinglist" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.is_set(A["MailingList"]) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_redundant_parameters",
                {
                    utilities.wrap_style("parameter", Periodical_origin) ..
                        cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "mailinglist")
                }
            )
        end
 
        Periodical = A["MailingList"] -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
        Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("MailingList")
    end
 
    -- web and news not tested for now because of
    -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
    if not (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
        -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
        local p = {["journal"] = "journal", ["magazine"] = "magazine"} -- for error message
        if p[config.CitationClass] then
            utilities.set_message("err_missing_periodical", {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]})
        end
    end
 
    local Volume
    if "citation" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
            if not utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
                Volume = A["Volume"] -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) then
            if "script-website" ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
                Volume = A["Volume"] -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
            end
        else
            Volume = A["Volume"] -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
        end
    elseif utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
        Volume = A["Volume"]
    end
    extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(Volume, A:ORIGIN("Volume"), "v")
 
    local Issue
    if "citation" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
            Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Issue"])
        end
    elseif utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
        if
            not (utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"conference", "map", "citation"}) and
                not (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)))
        then
            Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Issue"])
        end
    end
 
    local ArticleNumber
 
    if
        utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "conference"}) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Periodical) and "journal" == Periodical_origin)
    then
        ArticleNumber = A["ArticleNumber"]
    end
 
    extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(Issue, A:ORIGIN("Issue"), "i")


local Title = A['Title'];
    local Page
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
    local Pages
    local At
    local QuotePage
    local QuotePages
    if not utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
        Page = A["Page"]
        Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Pages"])
        At = A["At"]
        QuotePage = A["QuotePage"]
        QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["QuotePages"])
    end


local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
    local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value(A["NoPP"], A:ORIGIN("NoPP"), cfg.keywords_lists["yes_true_y"], nil)
local accept_link;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end


TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
    local Mode = mode_set(A["Mode"], A:ORIGIN("Mode"))


local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
    -- separator character and postscript
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
    local sepc, PostScript = set_style(Mode:lower(), A["PostScript"], config.CitationClass)
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
    local Quote
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
    Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript =
end
        quote_make(A["Quote"], A["TransQuote"], A["ScriptQuote"], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript)


local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
    local Edition = A["Edition"]
local Periodical_origin = '';
    local PublicationPlace = place_check(A["PublicationPlace"], A:ORIGIN("PublicationPlace"))
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
    local Place = place_check(A["Place"], A:ORIGIN("Place"))
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
end
end


if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
    local PublisherName = A["PublisherName"]
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
    local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN("PublisherName")
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
    if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] ~= PublisherName) then
end
        local i = 0
        PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(PublisherName) -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
        if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
            utilities.set_message("err_apostrophe_markup", {PublisherName_origin})
        end
    end


Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
    if ("document" == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
        utilities.set_message("err_missing_publisher", {config.CitationClass, "publisher"})
end
    end


local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
    local Newsgroup = A["Newsgroup"] -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
    local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN("Newsgroup")


-- web and news not tested for now because of
    if "newsgroup" == config.CitationClass then
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
        if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {PublisherName_origin})
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
        end
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
end
end
local Volume;
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');


local Issue;
        PublisherName = nil -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
    end
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');


local Page;
    if
local Pages;
        "book" == config.CitationClass or "encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass or
local At;
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set(Periodical))
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
    then
Page = A['Page'];
        local accept
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
        PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written(PublisherName) -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped
At = A['At'];
        if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup
end
            check_publisher_name(PublisherName) -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location
        end
    end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
    local URL = A["URL"] -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
    local UrlAccess =
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["UrlAccess"], A:ORIGIN("UrlAccess"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"], nil)
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
end
end


local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
    if not utilities.is_set(URL) and utilities.is_set(UrlAccess) then
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
        UrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", "url")
    end


if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
    local ChapterURL = A["ChapterURL"]
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
    local ChapterUrlAccess =
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
        is_valid_parameter_value(
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
        A["ChapterUrlAccess"],
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
        A:ORIGIN("ChapterUrlAccess"),
end
        cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"],
end
        nil
    )
    if not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
        ChapterUrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", {A:ORIGIN("ChapterUrlAccess"):gsub("%-access", "")})
    end


PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
    local MapUrlAccess =
end
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["MapUrlAccess"], A:ORIGIN("MapUrlAccess"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"], nil)
    if not utilities.is_set(A["MapURL"]) and utilities.is_set(MapUrlAccess) then
        MapUrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", {"map-url"})
    end


local URL = A['URL']
    local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- also used for COinS and for language
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
    local no_tracking_cats =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["NoTracking"], A:ORIGIN("NoTracking"), cfg.keywords_lists["yes_true_y"], nil)
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
end


local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
    -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
    if not utilities.is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
MapUrlAccess = nil;
        if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
            no_tracking_cats = "true" -- set no_tracking_cats
end
        end
        for _, v in ipairs(cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
            if this_page.text:match(v) then -- test page name against each pattern
                no_tracking_cats = "true" -- set no_tracking_cats
                break -- bail out if one is found
            end
        end
    end
    -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
    utilities.select_one(args, {"page", "p", "pp", "pages", "at", "sheet", "sheets"}, "err_redundant_parameters") -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
    local coins_pages
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);


-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
    Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get(Page, A:ORIGIN("Page"), Pages, A:ORIGIN("Pages"), At)
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local coins_pages;
    if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set(Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
        utilities.add_prop_cat("location-test") -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
        if PublicationPlace == Place then
            Place = "" -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
        end
    elseif not utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set(Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
        PublicationPlace = Place -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
    end


local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
    if PublicationPlace == Place then
        Place = ""
    end -- don't need both if they are the same


if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
    local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN("URL") -- get name of parameter that holds URL
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
    local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ChapterURL") -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
if PublicationPlace == Place then
    local ScriptChapter = A["ScriptChapter"]
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
    local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptChapter")
end
    local Format = A["Format"]
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
    local ChapterFormat = A["ChapterFormat"]
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
    local TransChapter = A["TransChapter"]
end
    local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransChapter")
    local TransTitle = A["TransTitle"]
    local ScriptTitle = A["ScriptTitle"]


if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
    --[[
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering


|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
Line 2,673: Line 3,138:
]]
]]
    local Encyclopedia = A["Encyclopedia"] -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
    local ScriptEncyclopedia = A["ScriptEncyclopedia"]
    local TransEncyclopedia = A["TransEncyclopedia"]


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
    if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set(ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
        if "encyclopaedia" ~= config.CitationClass and "citation" ~= config.CitationClass then
            if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) then
                utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {A:ORIGIN("Encyclopedia")})
            else
                utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {A:ORIGIN("ScriptEncyclopedia")})
            end
            Encyclopedia = nil -- unset these because not supported by this template
            ScriptEncyclopedia = nil
            TransEncyclopedia = nil
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(TransEncyclopedia) then
        utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"encyclopedia"})
    end


if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
    if
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
        ("encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass) or
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
    then
end
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
end
            utilities.set_message("err_periodical_ignored", {Periodical_origin})
        end


if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
        if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set(ScriptEncyclopedia) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
            Periodical = Encyclopedia -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
            Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("Encyclopedia")
end
            ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia
            ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptEncyclopedia")


if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
            if utilities.is_set(Title) or utilities.is_set(ScriptTitle) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
                if not utilities.is_set(Chapter) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
                    Chapter = Title -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
end
                    ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle
                    ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptTitle")
                    TransChapter = TransTitle
                    ChapterURL = URL
                    ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
                    ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
                    ChapterFormat = Format


if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
                    if not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set(TitleLink) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
                        Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink(TitleLink, Chapter)
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
                    end
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
                    Title = Periodical -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
                    ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ""
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
                    TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ""
TransChapter = TransTitle;
                    Periodical = "" -- redundant so unset
ChapterURL = URL;
                    ScriptPeriodical = ""
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
                    URL = ""
                    Format = ""
                    TitleLink = ""
                end
            elseif utilities.is_set(Chapter) or utilities.is_set(ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
                Title = Periodical -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
                ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ""
                TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ""
                Periodical = "" -- redundant so unset
                ScriptPeriodical = ""
            end
        end
    end


ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
    -- special case for cite techreport.
    local ID = A["ID"]
    if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
        if utilities.is_set(A["Number"]) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
            if not utilities.is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
                ID = A["Number"] -- yes, use it
            else -- ID has a value so emit error message
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "id") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "number")
                    }
                )
            end
        end
    end


if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
    -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
    local ChapterLink  -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
end
    local Conference = A["Conference"]
Title = Periodical;
    local BookTitle = A["BookTitle"]
ChapterFormat = Format;
    local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransTitle")
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
    if "conference" == config.CitationClass then
TransTitle = '';
        if utilities.is_set(BookTitle) then
URL = '';
            Chapter = Title
Format = '';
            Chapter_origin = "title"
TitleLink = '';
            -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ScriptTitle = '';
            ChapterURL = URL
end
            ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
            ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
            URL_origin = ""
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
            ChapterFormat = Format
end
            TransChapter = TransTitle
end
            TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin
end
            Title = BookTitle
            Format = ""
            -- TitleLink = '';
            TransTitle = ""
            URL = ""
        end
    elseif "speech" ~= config.CitationClass then
        Conference = "" -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
    end


-- special case for cite techreport.
    local use_lowercase = (sepc == ",") -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local ID = A['ID'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
    -- cite map oddities
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
    local Cartography = ""
local Conference = A['Conference'];
    local Scale = ""
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
    local Sheet = A["Sheet"] or ""
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
    local Sheets = A["Sheets"] or ""
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
Chapter = Title;
            utilities.set_message(
Chapter_origin = 'title';
                "err_redundant_parameters",
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
                {
ChapterURL = URL;
                    utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "map") ..
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
                        cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", Chapter_origin)
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
                }
URL_origin = '';
            ) -- add error message
ChapterFormat = Format;
        end
TransChapter = TransTitle;
        Chapter = A["Map"]
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
        Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("Map")
Title = BookTitle;
        ChapterURL = A["MapURL"]
Format = '';
        ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("MapURL")
-- TitleLink = '';
        TransChapter = A["TransMap"]
TransTitle = '';
        ScriptChapter = A["ScriptMap"]
URL = '';
        ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptMap")
end
 
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
        ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
        ChapterFormat = A["MapFormat"]
end
 
        Cartography = A["Cartography"]
-- CS1/2 mode
        if utilities.is_set(Cartography) then
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
            Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("cartography", Cartography, use_lowercase)
-- separator character and postscript
        end
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
        Scale = A["Scale"]
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
        if utilities.is_set(Scale) then
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
            Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale
        end
-- cite map oddities
    end
local Cartography = "";
 
local Scale = "";
    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
    local Series = A["Series"]
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
    if "episode" == config.CitationClass or "serial" == config.CitationClass then
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
        local SeriesLink = A["SeriesLink"]
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
        SeriesLink = link_title_ok(SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN("SeriesLink"), Series, "series") -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')


ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
        local Network = A["Network"]
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
        local Station = A["Station"]
        local s, n = {}, {}
        -- do common parameters first
        if utilities.is_set(Network) then
            table.insert(n, Network)
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Station) then
            table.insert(n, Station)
        end
        ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. " ")


Cartography = A['Cartography'];
        if "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
            local Season = A["Season"]
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
            local SeriesNumber = A["SeriesNumber"]
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
            if utilities.is_set(Season) and utilities.is_set(SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
local Series = A['Series'];
                utilities.set_message(
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "season") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "seriesno")
                    }
                ) -- add error message
                SeriesNumber = "" -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
            end
            -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
            if utilities.is_set(Season) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("season", Season, use_lowercase))
            end
            if utilities.is_set(SeriesNumber) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("seriesnum", SeriesNumber, use_lowercase))
            end
            if utilities.is_set(Issue) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("episode", Issue, use_lowercase))
            end
            Issue = "" -- unset because this is not a unique parameter


SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
            Chapter = Title -- promote title parameters to chapter
            ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle
            ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptTitle")
            ChapterLink = TitleLink -- alias |episode-link=
            TransChapter = TransTitle
            ChapterURL = URL
            ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
            ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
            ChapterFormat = Format


local Network = A['Network'];
            Title = Series -- promote series to title
local Station = A['Station'];
            TitleLink = SeriesLink
local s, n = {}, {};
            Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. " ") -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
            if utilities.is_set(ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
                Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink(ChapterLink, Chapter)
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
            elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
end
                Series = utilities.make_wikilink(ChapterLink, Series)
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
            end
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
            URL = "" -- unset
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
            TransTitle = ""
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
            ScriptTitle = ""
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
            Format = ""
        else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
            Issue = "" -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
            Chapter = A["Episode"] -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
            if utilities.is_set(Series) and utilities.is_set(SeriesLink) then
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
                Series = utilities.make_wikilink(SeriesLink, Series)
TransChapter = TransTitle;
            end
ChapterURL = URL;
            Series = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", Series) -- series is italicized
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
        end
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
    end
    -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
    -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
    local TitleType = A["TitleType"]
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
    local Degree = A["Degree"]
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
    if
end
        utilities.in_array(
URL = ''; -- unset
            config.CitationClass,
TransTitle = '';
            {
ScriptTitle = '';
                "AV-media-notes",
                "document",
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
                "interview",
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
                "mailinglist",
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
                "map",
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
                "podcast",
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
                "pressrelease",
end
                "report",
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
                "speech",
end
                "techreport",
end
                "thesis"
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
            }
        )
    then
        TitleType = set_titletype(config.CitationClass, TitleType)
        if utilities.is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
            TitleType = Degree .. " " .. cfg.title_types["thesis"]:lower()
        end
    end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
    if utilities.is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
        TitleType = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["type"], TitleType) -- display it in parentheses
local Degree = A['Degree'];
    -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
    end
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end


if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
    -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
    local Date = A["Date"]
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
    local Date_origin  -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
end
    local PublicationDate = A["PublicationDate"]
    local Year = A["Year"]


-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
    if utilities.is_set(Year) then
local Date = A['Date'];
        validation.year_check(Year) -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
    end
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];


if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
    if not utilities.is_set(Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
        Date = Year -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
        Year = nil -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
        if not utilities.is_set(Date) and utilities.is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
            Date = PublicationDate -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
            PublicationDate = "" -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
            Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("PublicationDate") -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
        else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
            Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("Year") -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
        end
else
    else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
        Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("Date") -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
    end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
    if PublicationDate == Date then
        PublicationDate = ""
    end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


--[[
    --[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
we get the date used in the metadata.
Line 2,905: Line 3,432:
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]
    local DF = is_valid_parameter_value(A["DF"], A:ORIGIN("DF"), cfg.keywords_lists["df"], "")
    if not utilities.is_set(DF) then
        DF = cfg.global_df -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
    end
    local ArchiveURL
    local ArchiveDate
    local ArchiveFormat = A["ArchiveFormat"]
    local archive_url_timestamp  -- timestamp from wayback machine url
    ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check(A["ArchiveURL"], A["ArchiveDate"])
    ArchiveFormat = style_format(ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, "archive-format", "archive-url")
    ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url(ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL"), ArchiveDate) -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
    local AccessDate = A["AccessDate"]
    local COinS_date = {} -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
    local DoiBroken = A["DoiBroken"]
    local Embargo = A["Embargo"]
    local anchor_year  -- used in the CITEREF identifier
    do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
        local error_message = ""
        -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
        local date_parameters_list = {
            ["access-date"] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN("AccessDate")},
            ["archive-date"] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveDate")},
            ["date"] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
            ["doi-broken-date"] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN("DoiBroken")},
            ["pmc-embargo-date"] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN("Embargo")},
            ["publication-date"] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN("PublicationDate")},
            ["year"] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN("Year")}
        }
        local error_list = {}
        anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list)
        if utilities.is_set(Year) and utilities.is_set(Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
            validation.year_date_check(Year, A:ORIGIN("Year"), Date, A:ORIGIN("Date"), error_list)
        end
        if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
            local modified = false -- flag
            if utilities.is_set(DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
                modified = validation.reformat_dates(date_parameters_list, DF) -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
            end
            if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash(date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
                modified = true
                utilities.set_message("maint_date_format") -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
            end
            -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
            if
                cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and
                    validation.date_name_xlate(date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable)
            then
                utilities.set_message("maint_date_auto_xlated") -- add maint cat
                modified = true
            end
            if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
                AccessDate = date_parameters_list["access-date"].val -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
                ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list["archive-date"].val
                Date = date_parameters_list["date"].val
                DoiBroken = date_parameters_list["doi-broken-date"].val
                PublicationDate = date_parameters_list["publication-date"].val
            end


local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
            if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
                validation.archive_date_check(ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF) -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
            end
end
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_date", {utilities.make_sep_list(#error_list, error_list)}) -- add this error message
        end
    end -- end of do


local ArchiveURL;
    if
local ArchiveDate;
        utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "encyclopaedia"}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set(Periodical))
    then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
        if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            if not utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
                local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber(COinS_date.rftdate:match("%d%d%d%d")) -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
                if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
                    utilities.set_message("maint_location_no_publisher") -- add maint cat
                end
            else -- PublisherName has a value
                if cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
                    PublisherName = "" -- unset
                end
            end
        end
    end


ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
    local ID_list = {} -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
    local ID_list_coins = {} -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
    local Class = A["Class"] -- arxiv class identifier
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
 
    local ID_support = {
        {A["ASINTLD"], "ASIN", "err_asintld_missing_asin", A:ORIGIN("ASINTLD")},
        {DoiBroken, "DOI", "err_doibroken_missing_doi", A:ORIGIN("DoiBroken")},
        {Embargo, "PMC", "err_embargo_missing_pmc", A:ORIGIN("Embargo")}
    }
 
    ID_list, ID_list_coins =
        identifiers.identifier_lists_get(
        args,
        {
            DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi=
            ASINTLD = A["ASINTLD"], -- for |asin=
            Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc=
            Class = Class, -- for |arxiv=
            CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv=
            Year = anchor_year -- for |isbn=
        },
        ID_support
    )
 
    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
        if
            not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
                args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]])
        then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
            utilities.set_message("err_" .. config.CitationClass .. "_missing") -- add error message
        end
 
        Periodical =
            ({
            ["arxiv"] = "arXiv",
            ["biorxiv"] = "bioRxiv",
            ["citeseerx"] = "CiteSeerX",
            ["medrxiv"] = "medRxiv",
            ["ssrn"] = "Social Science Research Network"
        })[config.CitationClass]
    end
 
    -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
 
    if
        config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set(URL) and not utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and
            not utilities.in_array(cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {"off", "none"})
    then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
        if "none" ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
            if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1] -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls["pmc"] then -- auto-select PMC
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls["pmc"] -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers["PMC"].parameters[1] -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls["doi"] then -- auto-select DOI
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls["doi"]
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers["DOI"].parameters[1]
            end
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
            if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
                utilities.set_message("err_accessdate_missing_url") -- add an error message
                AccessDate = "" -- unset
            end


            if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
                utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url") -- add an error message
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
                ArchiveURL = "" -- unset
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
            end
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
        end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
    end
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};


local error_list = {};
    -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
    -- Test if citation has no title
    if not utilities.is_set(Title) and not utilities.is_set(TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set(ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
        utilities.set_message("err_citation_missing_title", {"episode" == config.CitationClass and "series" or "title"})
    end


-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
    if
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
        utilities.in_array(cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {"off", "none"}) and
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and
end
            (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
            ("journal" == Periodical_origin or "script-journal" == ScriptPeriodical_origin)
    then -- special case for journal cites
        Title = "" -- set title to empty string
        utilities.set_message("maint_untitled") -- add maint cat
    end


if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
    if
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
        "journal" == config.CitationClass or
end
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Periodical) and "journal" == Periodical_origin)
    then
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
        if
local modified = false; -- flag
            is_page_art_num(
                ((utilities.is_set(Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set(Pages) and Pages)) or nil,
if validation.edtf_transform (date_parameters_list) then -- edtf dates to MOS compliant format
                ID_list_coins["DOI"]
modified = true;
            )
end
        then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number
            utilities.set_message("maint_page_art_num") -- add maint cat
        end
    end


if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
    -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
    -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
end
    -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
    -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap


if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
    local coins_chapter = Chapter -- default assuming that remapping not required
modified = true;
    local coins_title = Title -- et tu
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
    if
end
        "encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
    then
-- uncomment the next three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) and utilities.is_set(Title) and utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- if all are used then
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
            coins_chapter = Title -- remap
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
            coins_title = Periodical
-- modified = true;
        end
-- end
    end
    local coins_author = a -- default for coins rft.au
    if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
        coins_author = c -- use that instead
    end


if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
    -- this is the function call to COinS()
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
    local OCinSoutput =
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
        metadata.COinS(
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
        {
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
            ["Periodical"] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
            ["Encyclopedia"] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
            ["Chapter"] = metadata.make_coins_title(coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
end
            ["Degree"] = Degree, -- cite thesis only
else
            ["Title"] = metadata.make_coins_title(coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
            ["PublicationPlace"] = PublicationPlace,
end
            ["Date"] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
end -- end of do
            ["Season"] = COinS_date.rftssn,
            ["Quarter"] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
            ["Chron"] = COinS_date.rftchron,
            ["Series"] = Series,
            ["Volume"] = Volume,
            ["Issue"] = Issue,
            ["ArticleNumber"] = ArticleNumber,
            ["Pages"] = coins_pages or
                metadata.get_coins_pages(first_set({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
            ["Edition"] = Edition,
            ["PublisherName"] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
            ["URL"] = first_set({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
            ["Authors"] = coins_author,
            ["ID_list"] = ID_list_coins,
            ["RawPage"] = this_page.prefixedText
        },
        config.CitationClass
    )


local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
        Periodical = "" -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
    end
local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}


ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
    -- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
    if "newsgroup" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Newsgroup) then
        PublisherName =
            utilities.substitute(
            cfg.messages["newsgroup"],
            external_link("news:" .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil)
        )
    end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
    local Editors
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
    local EditorCount  -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
    local Contributors  -- assembled contributors name list
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
    local contributor_etal
end
    local Translators  -- assembled translators name list
    local translator_etal
    local t = {} -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
    t = extract_names(args, "TranslatorList") -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
    local Interviewers
    local interviewers_list = {}
    interviewers_list = extract_names(args, "InterviewerList") -- process preferred interviewers parameters
    local interviewer_etal


Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
    -- Now perform various field substitutions.
end
    -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
    -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
    do
        local last_first_list
        local control = {
            format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
            maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
            mode = Mode
        }


-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
        do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayEditors"],
                A["DisplayEditors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayEditors"),
                #e
            )
            control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names(display_names, #e, "editors", editor_etal, param)


if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
            Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal)
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
            if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
                EditorCount = 2 -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
            end
end
        end
end
        do -- now do interviewers
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayInterviewers"],
                A["DisplayInterviewers"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayInterviewers"),
                #interviewers_list
            )
            control.maximum, interviewer_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #interviewers_list, "interviewers", interviewer_etal, param)


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
            Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal)
-- Test if citation has no title
        end
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
        do -- now do translators
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
            local display_names, param =
end
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayTranslators"],
                A["DisplayTranslators"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayTranslators"),
                #t
            )
            control.maximum, translator_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #t, "translators", translator_etal, param)


if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
            Translators = list_people(control, t, translator_etal)
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
        end
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
        do -- now do contributors
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
            local display_names, param =
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
                display_names_select(
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayContributors"],
end
                A["DisplayContributors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayContributors"),
                #c
            )
            control.maximum, contributor_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #c, "contributors", contributor_etal, param)


check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
            Contributors = list_people(control, c, contributor_etal)
['title'] = Title,
        end
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter,
        do -- now do authors
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
            local display_names, param =
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
                display_names_select(
});
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayAuthors"],
                A["DisplayAuthors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayAuthors"),
                #a,
                author_etal
            )
            control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names(display_names, #a, "authors", author_etal, param)


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
            last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal)
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);


-- this is the function call to COinS()
            if utilities.is_set(Authors) then
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
                Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal(Authors, author_etal, false, "authors") -- find and remove variations on et al.
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
                if author_etal then
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
                    Authors = Authors .. " " .. cfg.messages["et al"] -- add et al. to authors parameter
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
                end
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
            else
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
                Authors = last_first_list -- either an author name list or an empty string
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
            end
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
        end -- end of do
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
        if utilities.is_set(Authors) and utilities.is_set(Collaboration) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
            Authors = Authors .. " (" .. Collaboration .. ")" -- add collaboration after et al.
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
        end
end
    end


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
    local ConferenceFormat = A["ConferenceFormat"]
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
    local ConferenceURL = A["ConferenceURL"]
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
    ConferenceFormat = style_format(ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, "conference-format", "conference-url")
end
    Format = style_format(Format, URL, "format", "url")


local Editors;
    -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
    if
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
        not (utilities.in_array(
local contributor_etal;
            config.CitationClass,
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
            {
local translator_etal;
                "web",
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
                "news",
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
                "journal",
local Interviewers;
                "magazine",
local interviewers_list = {};
                "pressrelease",
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
                "podcast",
local interviewer_etal;
                "newsgroup",
                "arxiv",
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
                "biorxiv",
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
                "citeseerx",
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
                "medrxiv",
do
                "ssrn"
local last_first_list;
            }
local control = {
        ) or
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
                not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)))
mode = Mode
    then
};
        ChapterFormat = style_format(ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, "chapter-format", "chapter-url")
    end


do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
    if not utilities.is_set(URL) then
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
        if
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    ("website" == Periodical_origin or "script-website" == ScriptPeriodical_origin))
        then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
            utilities.set_message("err_cite_web_url")
        end


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
        -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
        if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
end
            utilities.set_message("err_accessdate_missing_url")
end
            AccessDate = ""
do -- now do interviewers
        end
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
    end
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));


last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
    local UrlStatus =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["UrlStatus"], A:ORIGIN("UrlStatus"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-status"], "")
    local OriginalURL
    local OriginalURL_origin
    local OriginalFormat
    local OriginalAccess
    UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower() -- used later when assembling archived text
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
            OriginalURL = ChapterURL -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
            OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
            OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat -- and original |chapter-format=


if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
            if "live" ~= UrlStatus then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
                ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
if author_etal then
                ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL") -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
                ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or "" -- swap in archive's format
end
                ChapterUrlAccess = nil -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
else
            end
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
        elseif utilities.is_set(URL) then
end
            OriginalURL = URL -- save copy of original source URL
end -- end of do
            OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin -- name of URL parameter for error messages
            OriginalFormat = Format -- and original |format=
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
            OriginalAccess = UrlAccess
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end


end
            if "live" ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
                URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
                URL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL") -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
                Format = ArchiveFormat or "" -- swap in archive's format
                UrlAccess = nil -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
            end
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
        utilities.set_message("maint_url_status") -- add maint cat
    end


local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
    if
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
        utilities.in_array(
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
            config.CitationClass,
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
            {
                "web",
                "news",
                "journal",
                "magazine",
                "pressrelease",
                "podcast",
                "newsgroup",
                "arxiv",
                "biorxiv",
                "citeseerx",
                "medrxiv",
                "ssrn"
            }
        ) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
    then
        local chap_param
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("Chapter")
        elseif utilities.is_set(TransChapter) then
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("TransChapter")
        elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("ChapterURL")
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptChapter) then
            chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin
        else
            utilities.is_set(ChapterFormat)
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("ChapterFormat")
        end


-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
        if utilities.is_set(chap_param) then -- if we found one
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
            utilities.set_message("err_chapter_ignored", {chap_param}) -- add error message
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
            Chapter = "" -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
            TransChapter = ""
end
            ChapterURL = ""
            ScriptChapter = ""
            ChapterFormat = ""
        end
    else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
        local no_quotes = false -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
        if utilities.is_set(Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
            if utilities.in_array(Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
                no_quotes = true -- then render it unquoted
            end
        end


if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
        Chapter =
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
            format_chapter_title(
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
            ScriptChapter,
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
            ScriptChapter_origin,
end
            Chapter,
            Chapter_origin,
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
            TransChapter,
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
            TransChapter_origin,
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
            ChapterURL,
AccessDate = '';
            ChapterURL_origin,
end
            no_quotes,
end
            ChapterUrlAccess
        ) -- Contribution is also in Chapter
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then
            Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat
            if "map" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(TitleType) then
                Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. TitleType -- map annotation here; not after title
            end
            Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " "
        elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
            Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. " " -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
        end
    end


local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
    -- Format main title
local OriginalURL
    local plain_title = false
local OriginalURL_origin
    local accept_title
local OriginalFormat
    Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written(Title, true) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
local OriginalAccess;
    if accept_title and ("" == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
        Title = cfg.messages["notitle"] -- replace by predefined "No title" message
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
        -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
        ScriptTitle = "" -- just mute for now
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
        TransTitle = "" -- just mute for now
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
        plain_title = true -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
        utilities.set_message("maint_untitled") -- add maint cat
    end


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
    if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
        if "..." == Title:sub(-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
            Title = Title:gsub("(%.%.%.)%.+$", "%1") -- limit the number of dots to three
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
        elseif
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
            not mw.ustring.find(Title, "%.%s*%a%.$") and not mw.ustring.find(Title, "%s+%a%.$") -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
end
        then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
            Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, "%" .. sepc .. "$", "") -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
        end
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
        if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy(Title) then
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
            utilities.set_message("maint_archived_copy") -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
        end
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
end


if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
        if is_generic("generic_titles", Title) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
            utilities.set_message("err_generic_title") -- set an error message
local chap_param;
        end
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
    end
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end


if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
    if
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
        (not plain_title) and
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
            (utilities.in_array(
TransChapter = '';
                config.CitationClass,
ChapterURL = '';
                {
ScriptChapter = '';
                    "web",
ChapterFormat = '';
                    "news",
end
                    "journal",
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
                    "magazine",
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
                    "document",
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
                    "pressrelease",
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
                    "podcast",
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
                    "newsgroup",
end
                    "mailinglist",
end
                    "interview",
                    "arxiv",
                    "biorxiv",
                    "citeseerx",
                    "medrxiv",
                    "ssrn"
                }
            ) or
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                    not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)) or
                ("map" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical))))
    then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
        Title = kern_quotes(Title) -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
        Title = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-title", Title)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", TransTitle)
    elseif plain_title or ("report" == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", TransTitle) -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
    else
        Title = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", Title)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-italic-title", TransTitle)
    end


Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
    if utilities.is_set(TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
        if utilities.is_set(Title) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
            TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
        else
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"title"})
end
        end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
    end
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end


-- Format main title
    if utilities.is_set(Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
local plain_title = false;
        if utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and utilities.is_set(URL) then
local accept_title;
            utilities.set_message("err_wikilink_in_url") -- set an error message because we can't have both
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
            TitleLink = "" -- unset
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
        end
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end


if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
        if not utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and utilities.is_set(URL) then
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
            Title = external_link(URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
            URL = "" -- unset these because no longer needed
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
            Format = ""
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
        elseif utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set(URL) then
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
            local ws_url
end
            ws_url = wikisource_url_make(TitleLink) -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
            if ws_url then
                Title = external_link(ws_url, Title .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in title-link") -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
                Title =
                    utilities.substitute(
                    cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                    {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], TitleLink, Title}
                )
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            else
                Title = utilities.make_wikilink(TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle
            end
        else
            local ws_url, ws_label, -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
            ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', "%1")) -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
            if ws_url then
                Title = Title:gsub("%b[]", ws_label) -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
                Title = external_link(ws_url, Title .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in title") -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
                Title =
                    utilities.substitute(
                    cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                    {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, Title}
                )
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            else
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            end
        end
    else
        Title = TransTitle
    end


if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
    if utilities.is_set(Place) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
        Place = " " .. wrap_msg("written", Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "
end
    end


if is_generic_title (Title) then
    local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ConferenceURL") -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
    if utilities.is_set(Conference) then
end
        if utilities.is_set(ConferenceURL) then
end
            Conference = external_link(ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil)
        end
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat
    elseif utilities.is_set(ConferenceURL) then
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link(ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil)
    end


if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
    local Position = ""
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
    if not utilities.is_set(Position) then
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
        local Minutes = A["Minutes"]
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
        local Time = A["Time"]
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end


local TransError = "";
        if utilities.is_set(Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
            if utilities.is_set(Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
                utilities.set_message(
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
else
                    {
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "minutes") ..
end
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "time")
end
                    }
                )
            end
            Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages["minutes"]
        else
            if utilities.is_set(Time) then
                local TimeCaption = A["TimeCaption"]
                if not utilities.is_set(TimeCaption) then
                    TimeCaption = cfg.messages["event"]
                    if sepc ~= "." then
                        TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower()
                    end
                end
                Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time
            end
        end
    else
        Position = " " .. Position
        At = ""
    end


if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
    Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets =
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
        format_pages_sheets(
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
        Page,
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
        Pages,
end
        Sheet,
        Sheets,
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
        config.CitationClass,
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
        Periodical_origin,
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
        sepc,
Format = "";
        NoPP,
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
        use_lowercase
local ws_url;
    )
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end


if utilities.is_set (Place) then
    At = utilities.is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
    Position = utilities.is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""
end
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
        local Sections = A["Sections"] -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
        local Inset = A["Inset"]


local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
        if utilities.is_set(Inset) then
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
            Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("inset", Inset, use_lowercase)
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
        end
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end


local Position = '';
        if utilities.is_set(Sections) then
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
            Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("sections", Sections, use_lowercase)
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
        elseif utilities.is_set(Section) then
local Time = A['Time'];
            Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("section", Section, use_lowercase)
        end
        At = At .. Inset .. Section
    end


if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
    local Others = A["Others"]
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
    if utilities.is_set(Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
        if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
end
            utilities.set_message("maint_others_avm")
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
        else
else
            utilities.set_message("maint_others")
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
        end
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
    end
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
    Others = utilities.is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end


Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
    if utilities.is_set(Translators) then
        Others = safe_join({sepc .. " ", wrap_msg("translated", Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc)
    end
    if utilities.is_set(Interviewers) then
        Others = safe_join({sepc .. " ", wrap_msg("interview", Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc)
    end


At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
    local TitleNote = A["TitleNote"]
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
    TitleNote = utilities.is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
    if utilities.is_set(Edition) then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
        if Edition:match("%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$") or Edition:match("%f[%a][Ee]dition$") then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
local Inset = A['Inset'];
            utilities.set_message("err_extra_text_edition") -- add error message
        end
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
        Edition = " " .. wrap_msg("edition", Edition)
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
    else
end
        Edition = ""
    end


if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
    Series = utilities.is_set(Series) and wrap_msg("series", {sepc, Series}) or "" -- not the same as SeriesNum
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
    local Agency = A["Agency"] or "" -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
    if utilities.is_set(Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
        if
end
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"magazine", "news", "pressrelease", "web"}) or
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
end
                    utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"}))
        then
            Agency = wrap_msg("agency", {sepc, Agency}) -- format for rendering
        else
            Agency = "" -- unset; not supported
            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {"agency"}) -- add error message
        end
    end


local Others = A['Others'];
    Volume =
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
        format_volume_issue(Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase)
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end


Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
    if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) then
local Agency = A['Agency'];
        local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages["retrieved"]
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);


if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
        AccessDate = nowrap_date(AccessDate) -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
        if (sepc ~= ".") then
            retrv_text = retrv_text:lower()
        end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
        AccessDate = utilities.substitute(retrv_text, AccessDate) -- add retrieved text


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
        AccessDate = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["accessdate"], {sepc, AccessDate}) -- allow editors to hide accessdates
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
    end
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text


AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
    if utilities.is_set(ID) then
end
        ID = sepc .. " " .. ID
    end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
local Docket = A['Docket'];
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) then
    local Docket = A["Docket"]
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
    if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Docket) then
end
        ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID
    end
    if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
        ID = sepc .. " " .. Docket -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
    end


local Quote = A['Quote'];
    if utilities.is_set(URL) then
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
        URL = " " .. external_link(URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess)
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
    end
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then


if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
    -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
    -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
    -- a displayed postscript.
end
    -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
end
    -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
    if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
        utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
    end


Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
    local Archived
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
        if not utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_date") -- emit an error message
end
            ArchiveURL = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            ArchiveDate = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    else
        if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_date_missing_url") -- emit an error message
            ArchiveURL = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            ArchiveDate = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    end


if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
        local arch_text
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
        if "live" == UrlStatus then
end
            arch_text = cfg.messages["archived"]
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
            if sepc ~= "." then
end
                arch_text = arch_text:lower()
            end
            if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                Archived =
                    sepc ..
                    " " ..
                        utilities.substitute(
                            cfg.messages["archived-live"],
                            {
                                external_link(ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL"), nil) .. ArchiveFormat,
                                ArchiveDate
                            }
                        )
            else
                Archived = ""
            end
            if not utilities.is_set(OriginalURL) then
                utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url")
                Archived = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
            if utilities.in_array(UrlStatus, {"unfit", "usurped", "bot: unknown"}) then
                arch_text = cfg.messages["archived-unfit"]
                if sepc ~= "." then
                    arch_text = arch_text:lower()
                end
                Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate -- format already styled
                if "bot: unknown" == UrlStatus then
                    utilities.set_message("maint_bot_unknown") -- and add a category if not already added
                else
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("unfit") -- and add a category if not already added
                end
            else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
                arch_text = cfg.messages["archived-dead"]
                if sepc ~= "." then
                    arch_text = arch_text:lower()
                end
                if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                    Archived =
                        sepc ..
                        " " ..
                            utilities.substitute(
                                arch_text,
                                {
                                    external_link(
                                        OriginalURL,
                                        cfg.messages["original"],
                                        OriginalURL_origin,
                                        OriginalAccess
                                    ) .. OriginalFormat,
                                    ArchiveDate
                                }
                            ) -- format already styled
                else
                    Archived = "" -- unset for concatenation
                end
            end
        else -- OriginalUrl not set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url")
            Archived = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(ArchiveFormat) then
        Archived = ArchiveFormat -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
    else
        Archived = ""
    end


if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
    local TranscriptURL = A["TranscriptURL"]
local quote_prefix = '';
    local TranscriptFormat = A["TranscriptFormat"]
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
    TranscriptFormat = style_format(TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, "transcript-format", "transcripturl")
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
    local Transcript = A["Transcript"]
if not NoPP then
    local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("TranscriptURL") -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
    if utilities.is_set(Transcript) then
else
        if utilities.is_set(TranscriptURL) then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
            Transcript = external_link(TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil)
end
        end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
        Transcript = sepc .. " " .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
    elseif utilities.is_set(TranscriptURL) then
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
        Transcript = external_link(TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil)
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
    end
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end


PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
    local Publisher
end
    if utilities.is_set(PublicationDate) then
        PublicationDate = wrap_msg("published", PublicationDate)
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
    end
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
    if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
-- a displayed postscript.
        if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
            Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
        else
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
            Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate
utilities.set_message('maint_postscript')
        end
end
    elseif utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
        Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate
local Archived
    else
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
        Publisher = PublicationDate
local arch_text;
    end
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then  
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end


local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
    -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
    if (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical)) then
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
        if utilities.is_set(Title) or utilities.is_set(TitleNote) then
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
            Periodical =
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
                sepc ..
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
                " " ..
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
                    format_periodical(
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
                        ScriptPeriodical,
end
                        ScriptPeriodical_origin,
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
                        Periodical,
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
                        TransPeriodical,
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
                        TransPeriodical_origin
end
                    )
        else
            Periodical =
                format_periodical(
                ScriptPeriodical,
                ScriptPeriodical_origin,
                Periodical,
                TransPeriodical,
                TransPeriodical_origin
            )
        end
    end


local Publisher;
    local Language = A["Language"]
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
    if utilities.is_set(Language) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
        Language = language_parameter(Language) -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
end
    else
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
        --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
]]
end
        Language = "" -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
    end


--[[
    --[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
    if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
        TitleNote = TitleType -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
        TitleType = "" -- and unset
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
end
            if utilities.is_set(Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
end
                Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " " -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
            end
        end
    end
 
    -- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
    -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
    -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
    local tcommon
    local tcommon2  -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
        if utilities.is_set(Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
            tcommon = safe_join({Title, TitleNote}, sepc) -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
            tcommon2 = safe_join({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
        else
            tcommon =
                safe_join({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
        end
    elseif "map" == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
            tcommon = safe_join({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc)
        elseif utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
            tcommon =
                safe_join(
                {Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume},
                sepc
            )
        else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
            tcommon =
                safe_join({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc)
        end
    elseif "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
        tcommon = safe_join({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
    else -- all other CS1 templates
        tcommon =
            safe_join(
            {
                Title,
                TitleNote,
                Conference,
                Periodical,
                TitleType,
                Series,
                Language,
                Volume,
                Others,
                Edition,
                Publisher,
                Agency
            },
            sepc
        )
    end
 
    if #ID_list > 0 then
        ID_list = safe_join({sepc .. " ", table.concat(ID_list, sepc .. " "), ID}, sepc)
    else
        ID_list = ID
    end
 
    local Via = A["Via"]
    Via = utilities.is_set(Via) and wrap_msg("via", Via) or ""
    local idcommon
    if "audio-visual" == config.CitationClass or "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
        idcommon = safe_join({ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote}, sepc)
    else
        idcommon = safe_join({ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote}, sepc)
    end
 
    local text
    local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At
 
    local OrigDate = A["OrigDate"]
    OrigDate = utilities.is_set(OrigDate) and wrap_msg("origdate", OrigDate) or ""
    if utilities.is_set(Date) then
        if utilities.is_set(Authors) or utilities.is_set(Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
            Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " " -- in parentheses
        else -- neither of authors and editors set
            if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
                Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate -- Date does not begin with sepc
            else
                Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate -- Date begins with sepc
            end
        end
    end
    if utilities.is_set(Authors) then
        if (not utilities.is_set(Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
            Authors = terminate_name_list(Authors, sepc) -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Editors) then
            local in_text = ""
            local post_text = ""
            if utilities.is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
                in_text = cfg.messages["in"] .. " "
                if (sepc ~= ".") then
                    in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
                end
            end
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages["editor"] .. ")" -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
            else
                post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages["editors"] .. ")"
            end
            Editors = terminate_name_list(in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
            local by_text = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages["by"] .. " "
            if (sepc ~= ".") then
                by_text = by_text:lower()
            end -- lowercase for cs2
            Authors = by_text .. Authors -- author follows title so tweak it here
            if utilities.is_set(Editors) and utilities.is_set(Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
                Authors = terminate_name_list(Authors, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
            end
            if (not utilities.is_set(Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
                Contributors = terminate_name_list(Contributors, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
            end
            text =
                safe_join(
                {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon},
                sepc
            )
        else
            text = safe_join({Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(Editors) then
        if utilities.is_set(Date) then
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation["sep_name"] .. cfg.messages["editor"]
            else
                Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation["sep_name"] .. cfg.messages["editors"]
            end
        else
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages["editor"] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            else
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages["editors"] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            end
        end
        text = safe_join({Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
    else
        if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
            text = safe_join({Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc)
        else
            text = safe_join({Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
        end
    end


-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
    if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
        text = safe_join({text, sepc}, sepc) -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
        if "." == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
            text = text:gsub("%" .. sepc .. "$", "") -- dot must be escaped here
        else
            text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, sepc .. "$", "") -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
        end
    end


local tcommon;
    text = safe_join({text, PostScript}, sepc)
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 
    -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
    local options_t = {}
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
    options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make(config.CitationClass, Mode)
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
 
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
    local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value(A["Ref"], A:ORIGIN("Ref"), cfg.keywords_lists["ref"], nil, true) -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
    if "none" ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ""] then
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
        local namelist_t = {} -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
else
        local year = first_set({Year, anchor_year}, 2) -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
        if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
            namelist_t = c -- select it
        elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
            namelist_t = a
        elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
            namelist_t = e
        end
        local citeref_id
        if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
            citeref_id = make_citeref_id(namelist_t, year) -- go make the CITEREF anchor
            if mw.uri.anchorEncode(citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode(Ref)) or "") then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
                utilities.set_message("maint_ref_duplicates_default")
            end
        else
            citeref_id = "" -- unset
        end
        options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id
    end
 
    if string.len(text:gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
        z.error_cats_t = {} -- blank the categories list
        z.error_msgs_t = {} -- blank the error messages list
        OCinSoutput = nil -- blank the metadata string
        text = "" -- blank the the citation
        utilities.set_message("err_empty_citation") -- set empty citation message and category
    end
 
    local render_t = {} -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
    if utilities.is_set(options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
        table.insert(
            render_t,
            utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["cite-id"],
                {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}
            )
        ) -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
    else
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["cite"], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})) -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
    end
 
    if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["ocins"], OCinSoutput)) -- format and append metadata to the citation
    end
 
    local template_name =
        ("citation" == config.CitationClass) and "citation" or
        "cite " .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass)
    local template_link = "[[Template:" .. template_name .. "|" .. template_name .. "]]"
    local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. "}}</code>: "
 
    if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
        mw.addWarning(utilities.substitute(cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link))


elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
        table.insert(render_t, " ") -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
        table.sort(z.error_msgs_t) -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );


else -- all other CS1 templates
        local hidden = true -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
        for _, v in ipairs(z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
            if v:find("cs1-visible-error", 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
end
                hidden = false -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
                break -- and done because no need to look further
if #ID_list > 0 then
            end
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
        end
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
        z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat({utilities.error_comment(msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}) -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
        table.insert(render_t, table.concat(z.error_msgs_t, "; ")) -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
    end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
    if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
local options = {};
        mw.addWarning(utilities.substitute(cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link))
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
end


local Ref = A['Ref'];
        table.sort(z.maint_cats_t) -- sort the maintenance messages list
if 'harv' == Ref then -- need to check this before setting to default
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
end
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
local id = Ref
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation


if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
        local maint_msgs_t = {} -- here we collect all of the maint messages
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
local citeref_id
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
if citeref_id == Ref then
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
if 'harv' == Ref then
id = citeref_id
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation


if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
        if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
            table.insert(maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix) -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
else
        end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end


table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
        for _, v in ipairs(z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
            table.insert(
                maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
                table.concat({v, " (", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[":cat wikilink"], v), ")"})
            )
        end
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["hidden-maint"], table.concat(maint_msgs_t, " "))) -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
    end


if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
    if not no_tracking_cats then
table.insert (render, ' ');
        local sort_key
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
        local cat_wikilink = "cat wikilink"
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
        if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
if i == #z.message_tail then
            local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace -- get namespace number for this wikitext
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
            sort_key =
else
                (0 ~= namespace_number and
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
                (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or
end
                nil -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
end
            cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and "cat wikilink") or "cat wikilink sk" -- make <cfg.messages> key
end
        end
end


if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
        for _, v in ipairs(z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}))
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
        end
local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message
        if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
            utilities.set_message("maint_id_limit_load_fail") -- done here because this maint cat emits no message
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
        end
table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v})); -- add the link
        for _, v in ipairs(z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}))
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
        end
end
        for _, v in ipairs(z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["cat wikilink"], v)) -- no sort keys
end
        end
    end
if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
end


return table.concat (render);
    return table.concat(render_t) -- make a big string and done
end
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Line 3,912: Line 4,707:
]]
]]
local function validate(name, cite_class, empty)
    local name = tostring(name)
    local enum_name  -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
    local state
    local function state_test(state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
        if true == state then
            return true
        end -- valid actively supported parameter
        if false == state then
            if empty then
                return nil
            end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
            deprecated_parameter(name) -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
            return true
        end
        if "tracked" == state then
            local base_name = name:gsub("%d", "") -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
            utilities.add_prop_cat("tracked-param", {base_name}, base_name) -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
            return true
        end
        return nil
    end


local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
    if name:find("#") then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
local name = tostring (name);
        return nil
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
    end
local state;
    -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
    enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub(name, "%d+$", "#") -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
    enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub(enum_name, "%d+([%-l])", "#%1") -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'discouraged' == state then
discouraged_parameter (name); -- parameter is discouraged but still supported
return true;
end
return nil;
end


if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
    if "document" == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
return nil;
        state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name] -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
end
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end


if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
        return false
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
    end
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end


state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
    if utilities.in_array(cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
        state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name] -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end


-- limited enumerated parameters list
        state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name] -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
            return true
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
        end


return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
        return false -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
    end -- end limited parameter-set templates


if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
    if utilities.in_array(cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
        state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name] -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
end -- if here, fall into general validation
            return true
        end
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
    end -- if here, fall into general validation
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end


-- all enumerated parameters allowed
    state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name] -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
    if true == state_test(state, name) then
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
        return true
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
    end


return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
    return false -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
Line 3,978: Line 4,786:
]=]
]=]


local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local function inter_wiki_check(parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
    local prefix = value:match("%[%[(%a+):") -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
    local _
 
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
    if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", parameter) -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
        _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink(value) -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
    end
return value;
 
    return value
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
Line 4,003: Line 4,811:


]]
]]
local function missing_pipe_check(parameter, value)
    local capture
    value = value:gsub("%b<>", "") -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
    capture = value:match("%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=") or value:match("^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=") -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
    if capture and validate(capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
        utilities.set_message("err_missing_pipe", parameter)
    end
end
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
]]
local function has_extraneous_punc(param, value)
    if "number" == type(param) then
        return
    end


local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
    param = param:gsub("%d+", "#") -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
local capture;
    if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
        return -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
    end


capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
    if value:match("[,;:]$") then
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
        utilities.set_message("maint_extra_punct") -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
    end
end
    if value:match("^=") then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
        utilities.set_message("maint_extra_punct") -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
    end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters.  TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are
active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors.  This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered
and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription.  returns nothing.
 
looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'
 
]]
local function has_twl_url(url_params_t, cite_args_t)
    local url_error_t = {} -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url
 
    for param, value in pairs(url_params_t) do
        if value:find("%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org") then -- has the TWL base url?
            table.insert(url_error_t, param) -- add parameter name to the error list
        end
    end
    if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
        table.sort(url_error_t) -- sor for error messaging
        for i, param in ipairs(url_error_t) do
            if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter
                cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription
            end
            url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style("parameter", param) -- make the parameter pretty for error message
        end
 
        utilities.set_message("err_param_has_twl_url", {utilities.make_sep_list(#url_error_t, url_error_t)}) -- add this error message
    end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------


look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked


]]
]]
local function has_extraneous_url(non_url_param_t)
    local url_error_t = {}


local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
    check_for_url(non_url_param_t, url_error_t) -- extraneous url check
if 'number' == type (param) then
    if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
return;
        table.sort(url_error_t)
end
        utilities.set_message("err_param_has_ext_link", {utilities.make_sep_list(#url_error_t, url_error_t)}) -- add this error message
    end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
Module entry point


This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module
args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame)
config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)


]]
]]
local function _citation(frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
    if not frame then
        frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions
    end
    -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
    local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and "" ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or "/sandbox" -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
    is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find(frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true) -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
    sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or "" -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
    cfg = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration" .. sandbox) -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
    whitelist = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist" .. sandbox)
    utilities = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities" .. sandbox)
    validation = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation" .. sandbox)
    identifiers = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers" .. sandbox)
    metadata = require("Module:Citation/CS1/COinS" .. sandbox)
    utilities.set_selected_modules(cfg) -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
    identifiers.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
    validation.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
    metadata.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module


local function citation(frame)
    z = utilities.z -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
    local cite_args_t = {} -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end


utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
    is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set(frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}"))
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module


z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
    local suggestions = {} -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
    local error_text  -- used as a flag


local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
    local capture  -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
    local empty_unknowns = {} -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
local error_text, error_state;
    for k, v in pairs(args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
        v = mw.ustring.gsub(v, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
        if v ~= "" then
            if ("string" == type(k)) then
                k = mw.ustring.gsub(k, "%d", cfg.date_names.local_digits) -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
            end
            if not validate(k, config_t.CitationClass) then
                if type(k) ~= "string" then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
                    if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
                        error_text = utilities.set_message("err_text_ignored", {v})
                    end
                elseif validate(k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then
                    error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored_suggest", {k, k:lower()}) -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
                else
                    if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
                        suggestions = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions" .. sandbox) --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
                    end
                    for pattern, param in pairs(suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
                        capture = k:match(pattern) -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
                        if capture then -- if the pattern matches
                            param = utilities.substitute(param, capture) -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
                            if validate(param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
                                error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored_suggest", {k, param}) -- set the suggestion error message
                            else
                                error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {k}) -- suggested param not supported by this template
                                v = "" -- unset
                            end
                        end
                    end
                    if not utilities.is_set(error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
                        if
                            (suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()] ~= nil) and
                                validate(suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()], config_t.CitationClass)
                        then
                            utilities.set_message(
                                "err_parameter_ignored_suggest",
                                {k, suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()]}
                            )
                        else
                            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {k})
                            v = "" -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
                        end
                    end
                end
            end


local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
            cite_args_t[k] = v -- save this parameter and its value
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
        elseif not utilities.is_set(v) then -- for empty parameters
config[k] = v;
            if not validate(k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
                k = ("" == k) and "(empty string)" or k -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
end
                table.insert(empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", k)) -- format for error message and add to the list
            end
        end
    end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
    if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
        utilities.set_message(
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
            "err_param_unknown_empty",
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
            {
if v ~= '' then
                1 == #empty_unknowns and "" or "s",
if ('string' == type (k)) then
                utilities.make_sep_list(#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
            }
end
        )
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
    end
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end  
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end


args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
    local non_url_param_t = {} -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters
    local url_param_t = {} -- table of url-holding paramters and their values


elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
    for k, v in pairs(cite_args_t) do
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
        if "string" == type(k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
            has_invisible_chars(k, v) -- look for invisible characters
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
        end
end
        has_extraneous_punc(k, v) -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
        missing_pipe_check(k, v) -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
        cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check(k, v) -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end


if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
        if "string" == type(k) then -- when parameter k is not positional
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
            if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
                non_url_param_t[k] = v -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
            else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter)
}, true )});
                url_param_t[k] = v -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url
end
            end
        end
    end


for k, v in pairs( args ) do
    has_extraneous_url(non_url_param_t) -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
    has_twl_url(url_param_t, cite_args_t) -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
end


return table.concat ({
    return table.concat(
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
        {
citation0( config, args)
            frame:extensionTag("templatestyles", "", {src = "Module:Citation/CS1" .. sandbox .. "/styles.css"}),
});
            citation0(config_t, cite_args_t)
        }
    )
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
--[[---------------------------< C I T A T I O N >------------------------------
  Template entry point.
]]
]]
local function citation(frame)
  local config_t = {}  -- Table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
  local args_t  = frame:getParent().args  -- Get template's preset parameters.
  for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do  -- Get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
    config_t[k]  = v
    -- Crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module
    -- {{#invoke:}}, skipping parameter validation. TODO: Keep?
    -- args_t[k] = v
  end
  return _citation(frame, args_t, config_t)
end


return {citation = citation};
--[[-----------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------]]
return {
  citation = citation,  -- Template entry point.
  _citation = _citation  -- Module entry point.
}

Latest revision as of 16:50, 22 December 2025

Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc

require("strict")

--[[----------------< F O R W A R D _ D E C L A R A T I O N S >-----------------
  Each of these counts against the Lua upper value limit.
]]
local validation   -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation.
local utilities    -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities.
local z = {}       -- Table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities.
local identifiers  -- Functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers.
local metadata     -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS.
-- Table of configuration tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.
local cfg = {}
-- Supertable of valid template parameters; from Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist.
local whitelist = {}

--[[----------------< P A G E _ S C O P E _ V A R I A B L E S >-----------------
  Declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
  other modules, that are created here and used here; booleans all.
]]
local added_deprecated_cat      -- Only add category once.
local added_vanc_errs           -- Only emit one Vanc. error/category.
-- Only emit one generic name err./cat. & stop testing after first error occurs.
local added_generic_name_errs
-- Only emit one numeric name err./cat. & stop testing after first error occurs.
local added_numeric_name_errs
local added_numeric_name_maint  -- Only emit one numeric name maint. category.
-- True when previewing article, false when previewing the module.
local is_preview_mode
local is_sandbox                -- Using sandbox modules sets this to true.

--[[-------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------
  Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order
  established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in
  which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.

  This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar
  version that used ipairs. With the pairs version, the order of evaluation
  could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
  the for loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
]]
local function first_set(list, count)
  local i = 1
  while i <= count do  -- Loop through all items in the list.
    if utilities.is_set(list[i]) then
      return list[i]   -- Return the first set list member.
    end
    i = i + 1          -- Increment to next member.
  end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]
local function add_vanc_error(source, position)
    if added_vanc_errs then
        return
    end

    added_vanc_errs = true -- note that we've added this category
    utilities.set_message("err_vancouver", {source, position})
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]
local function is_scheme(scheme)
    return scheme and scheme:match("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:") -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name(domain)
    if not domain then
        return false -- if not set, abandon
    end

    domain = domain:gsub("^//", "") -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once

    if not domain:match("^[%w]") then -- first character must be letter or digit
        return false
    end

    if domain:match("^%a+:") then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
        return false
    end

    local patterns = {
        -- patterns that look like URLs
        "%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$", -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
        "%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$", -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
        "%f[%a][qxz]%.com$", -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
        "%f[%a][iq]%.net$", -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
        "%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$", -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
        "%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$", -- two character hostname and TLD
        "^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?", -- IPv4 address
        "[%a%d]+%:?" -- IPv6 address
    }

    for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
        if domain:match(pattern) then
            return true -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
        end
    end

    for _, d in ipairs(cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
        if domain:match("%f[%w][%w]%." .. d) then
            return true
        end
    end
    return false -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]
local function is_url(scheme, domain)
    if utilities.is_set(scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
        return is_scheme(scheme) and is_domain_name(domain)
    else
        return is_domain_name(domain) -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]
local function split_url(url_str)
    local scheme, authority, domain

    url_str = url_str:gsub("([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$", "%1") -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

    if url_str:match("^//%S*") then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
        domain = url_str:match("^//(%S*)")
    elseif url_str:match("%S-:/*%S+") then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
        scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match("(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)") -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
        if utilities.is_set(authority) then
            authority = authority:gsub("//", "", 1) -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
            if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
                return scheme -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
            end
        else
            if not scheme:match("^news:") then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
                return scheme -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
            end
        end
        domain = domain:gsub("(%a):%d+", "%1") -- strip port number if present
    end

    return scheme, domain
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]
local function link_param_ok(value)
    local scheme, domain
    if value:find("[<>%[%]|{}]") then -- if any prohibited characters
        return false
    end

    scheme, domain = split_url(value) -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
    return not is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]
local function link_title_ok(link, lorig, title, torig)
    local orig
    if utilities.is_set(link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
        if not link_param_ok(link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
            orig = lorig -- identify the failing link parameter
        elseif title:find("%[%[") then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
            orig = torig -- identify the failing |title= parameter
        elseif link:match("^%a+:") then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
            local prefix = link:match("^(%a+):"):lower() -- get the interwiki prefix

            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
                orig = lorig -- flag as error
            end
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(orig) then
        link = "" -- unset
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", orig) -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
    end

    return link -- link if ok, empty string else
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]
local function check_url(url_str)
    if nil == url_str:match("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
        return false
    end
    local scheme, domain

    scheme, domain = split_url(url_str) -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;

    if "news:" == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
        return domain:match("^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$")
    end

    return is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink(value)
    local scheme, domain

    if value:match("%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]") then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]"))
    elseif value:match("%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]") then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]"))
    elseif value:match("%a%S*:%S+") then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("(%a%S*:%S+)"))
    elseif value:match("^//%S+") or value:match("%s//%S+") then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("(//%S+)")) -- what is left should be the domain
    else
        return false -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
    end

    return is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]
local function check_for_url(parameter_list, error_list)
    for k, v in pairs(parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
        if is_parameter_ext_wikilink(v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
            table.insert(error_list, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", k))
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]
local function safe_for_url(str)
    if str:match("%[%[.-%]%]") ~= nil then
        utilities.set_message("err_wikilink_in_url", {})
    end

    return str:gsub(
        "[%[%]\n]",
        {
            ["["] = "&#91;",
            ["]"] = "&#93;",
            ["\n"] = " "
        }
    )
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]
local function external_link(URL, label, source, access)
    local err_msg = ""
    local domain
    local path
    local base_url

    if not utilities.is_set(label) then
        label = URL
        if utilities.is_set(source) then
            utilities.set_message("err_bare_url_missing_title", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)})
        else
            error(cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]) -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
        end
    end
    if not check_url(URL) then
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_url", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)})
    end

    domain, path = URL:match("^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$") -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
    if path then -- if there is a path portion
        path = path:gsub("[%[%]]", {["["] = "%5b", ["]"] = "%5d"}) -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
        URL = table.concat({domain, path}) -- and reassemble
    end

    base_url = table.concat({"[", URL, " ", safe_for_url(label), "]"}) -- assemble a wiki-markup URL

    if utilities.is_set(access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
        base_url =
            utilities.substitute(
            cfg.presentation["ext-link-access-signal"],
            {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}
        ) -- add the appropriate icon
    end

    return base_url
end

--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
    if not added_deprecated_cat then
        added_deprecated_cat = true -- note that we've added this category
        utilities.set_message("err_deprecated_params", {name}) -- add error message
    end
end

--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes(str)
    local cap = ""
    local wl_type, label, link

    wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink(str) -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]

    if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
        if mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[["“”\'‘’].+["“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], str)
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], str)
        elseif mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[["“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], str)
        elseif mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[.+["“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], str)
        end
    else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
        label = mw.ustring.gsub(label, "[“”]", '"') -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
        label = mw.ustring.gsub(label, "[‘’]", "'") -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

        cap = mw.ustring.match(label, '^(["\'][^\'].+)') -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
        if utilities.is_set(cap) then
            label = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], cap)
        end

        cap = mw.ustring.match(label, '^(.+[^\']["\'])$') -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
        if utilities.is_set(cap) then
            label = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], cap)
        end

        if 2 == wl_type then
            str = utilities.make_wikilink(link, label) -- reassemble the wikilink
        else
            str = label
        end
    end
    return str
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]
local function format_script_value(script_value, script_param)
    local lang = "" -- initialize to empty string
    local name
    if script_value:match("^%l%l%l?%s*:") then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
        lang = script_value:match("^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*") -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
        if not utilities.is_set(lang) then
            utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["missing title part"]}) -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
            return "" -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
        end
        -- if we get this far we have prefix and script
        name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName(lang, cfg.this_wiki_code) -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
        if utilities.is_set(name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
            script_value = script_value:gsub("^%l+%s*:%s*", "") -- strip prefix from script
            -- is prefix one of these language codes?
            if utilities.in_array(lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
                utilities.add_prop_cat("script", {name, lang})
            else
                utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["unknown language code"]}) -- unknown script-language; add error message
            end
            lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ' -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["invalid language code"]}) -- invalid language code; add error message
            lang = "" -- invalid so set lang to empty string
        end
    else
        utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["missing prefix"]}) -- no language code prefix; add error message
    end
    script_value = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["bdi"], {lang, script_value}) -- isolate in case script is RTL

    return script_value
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.

]]
local function script_concatenate(title, script, script_param)
    if utilities.is_set(script) then
        script = format_script_value(script, script_param) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
        if utilities.is_set(script) then
            title = title .. " " .. script -- concatenate title and script title
        end
    end
    return title
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]
local function wrap_msg(key, str, lower)
    if not utilities.is_set(str) then
        return ""
    end
    if true == lower then
        local msg
        msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower() -- set the message to lower case before
        return utilities.substitute(msg, str) -- including template text
    else
        return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[key], str)
    end
end

--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]
local function wikisource_url_make(str)
    local wl_type, D, L
    local ws_url, ws_label
    local wikisource_prefix = table.concat({"https://", cfg.this_wiki_code, ".wikisource.org/wiki/"})

    wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink(str) -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

    if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
        str = D:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or D:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title
                }
            )
            ws_label = str -- label for the URL
        end
    elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
        str = D:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or D:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title
                }
            )
            ws_label = str -- label for the URL
        end
    elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
        str = L:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or L:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_label = D -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
                }
            )
        end
    end

    if ws_url then
        ws_url = mw.uri.encode(ws_url, "WIKI") -- make a usable URL
        ws_url = ws_url:gsub("%%23", "#") -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
    end

    return ws_url, ws_label, L or D -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end

--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]
local function format_periodical(script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
    if not utilities.is_set(periodical) then
        periodical = "" -- to be safe for concatenation
    else
        periodical = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", periodical) -- style
    end

    periodical = script_concatenate(periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

    if utilities.is_set(trans_periodical) then
        trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style("trans-italic-title", trans_periodical)
        if utilities.is_set(periodical) then
            periodical = periodical .. " " .. trans_periodical
        else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
            periodical = trans_periodical
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"periodical"})
        end
    end

    return periodical
end

--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]
local function format_chapter_title(
    script_chapter,
    script_chapter_source,
    chapter,
    chapter_source,
    trans_chapter,
    trans_chapter_source,
    chapter_url,
    chapter_url_source,
    no_quotes,
    access)
    local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(chapter) -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
    if ws_url then
        ws_label = ws_label:gsub("_", " ") -- replace underscore separators with space characters
        chapter = ws_label
    end

    if not utilities.is_set(chapter) then
        chapter = "" -- to be safe for concatenation
    else
        if false == no_quotes then
            chapter = kern_quotes(chapter) -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
            chapter = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-title", chapter)
        end
    end

    chapter = script_concatenate(chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

    if utilities.is_set(chapter_url) then
        chapter = external_link(chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access) -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
    elseif ws_url then
        chapter = external_link(ws_url, chapter .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in chapter") -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
        chapter =
            utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"], {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, chapter})
    end

    if utilities.is_set(trans_chapter) then
        trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", trans_chapter)
        if utilities.is_set(chapter) then
            chapter = chapter .. " " .. trans_chapter
        else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
            chapter = trans_chapter
            chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match("trans%-?(.+)") -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {chapter_source})
        end
    end

    return chapter
end

--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]
local function has_invisible_chars(param, v)
    local position = "" -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
    local capture  -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
    local stripmarker  -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

    capture = string.match(v, "[%w%p ]*") -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
    if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
        return
    end

    for _, invisible_char in ipairs(cfg.invisible_chars) do
        local char_name = invisible_char[1] -- the character or group name
        local pattern = invisible_char[2] -- the pattern used to find it
        position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find(v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern

        if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
            if mw.ustring.find(v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
                position = nil -- unset position
            elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint(v, position + 1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
                position = nil -- unset position
            end
        end

        if position then
            if
                "nowiki" == capture or "math" == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
                    ("templatestyles" == capture and utilities.in_array(param, {"id", "quote"}))
             then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
                stripmarker = true -- set a flag
            elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
                position = nil -- unset
            else
                local err_msg
                if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
                    err_msg = capture .. " " .. char_name
                else
                    err_msg = char_name .. " " .. "character"
                end

                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_invisible_char",
                    {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", param), position}
                ) -- add error message
                return -- and done with this parameter
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]
local function argument_wrapper(args)
    local origin = {}

    return setmetatable(
        {
            ORIGIN = function(self, k)
                local dummy = self[k] -- force the variable to be loaded.
                return origin[k]
            end
        },
        {
            __index = function(tbl, k)
                if origin[k] ~= nil then
                    return nil
                end

                local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]

                if type(list) == "table" then
                    v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one(args, list, "err_redundant_parameters")
                    if origin[k] == nil then
                        origin[k] = "" -- Empty string, not nil
                    end
                elseif list ~= nil then
                    v, origin[k] = args[list], list
                else
                    -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
                    -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
                    error(cfg.messages["unknown_argument_map"] .. ": " .. k)
                end

                -- Empty strings, not nil;
                if v == nil then
                    v = ""
                    origin[k] = ""
                end

                tbl = rawset(tbl, k, v)
                return v
            end
        }
    )
end

--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]
local function nowrap_date(date)
    local cap = ""
    local cap2 = ""

    if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
        date = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["nowrap1"], date)
    elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
        cap, cap2 = string.match(date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$")
        date = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["nowrap2"], {cap, cap2})
    end

    return date
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]
local function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
    if utilities.is_set(title_type) then
        if "none" == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
            title_type = "" -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
        end
        return title_type -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
    end

    return cfg.title_types[cite_class] or "" -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]
local function safe_join(tbl, duplicate_char)
    local f = {} -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
    if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
        f.gsub = string.gsub
        f.match = string.match
        f.sub = string.sub
    else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
        f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
        f.match = mw.ustring.match
        f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
    end

    local str = "" -- the output string
    local comp = "" -- what does 'comp' mean?
    local end_chr = ""
    local trim
    for _, value in ipairs(tbl) do
        if value == nil then
            value = ""
        end

        if str == "" then -- if output string is empty
            str = value -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
        elseif value ~= "" then
            if value:sub(1, 1) == "<" then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
                comp = value:gsub("%b<>", "") -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
            else
                comp = value
            end
            -- typically duplicate_char is sepc
            if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
                --   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
                --   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
                trim = false
                end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1) -- get the last character of the output string
                -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")"				-- debug stuff?
                if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
                    str = f.sub(str, 1, -2) -- remove it
                elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
                    if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
                        str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''" -- remove them and add back ''
                    elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
                        trim = true -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
                    elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
                        trim = true -- same question
                    end
                elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
                    if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
                        trim = true
                    end
                elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
                    if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
                        str = f.sub(str, 1, -3) -- remove them both
                    end
                end

                if trim then
                    if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
                        local dup2 = duplicate_char
                        if f.match(dup2, "%A") then
                            dup2 = "%" .. dup2
                        end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it

                        value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
                    else
                        value = f.sub(value, 2, -1) -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
                    end
                end
            end
            str = str .. value -- add it to the output string
        end
    end
    return str
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]
local function is_suffix(suffix)
    if utilities.in_array(suffix, {"Jr", "Sr", "Jnr", "Snr", "1st", "2nd", "3rd"}) or suffix:match("^%dth$") then
        return true
    end
    return false
end

--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
	(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
	or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]
local function is_good_vanc_name(last, first, suffix, position)
    if not suffix then
        if first:find("[,%s]") then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
            first = first:match("(.-)[,%s]+") -- get name/initials
            suffix = first:match("[,%s]+(.+)$") -- get generational suffix
        end
    end
    if utilities.is_set(suffix) then
        if not is_suffix(suffix) then
            add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position)
            return false -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
        end
    end
    if
        nil ==
            mw.ustring.find(
                last,
                "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$"
            ) or
            nil ==
                mw.ustring.find(
                    first,
                    "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$"
                )
     then
        add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl["non-Latin char"], position)
        return false -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
    end
    return true
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
    if first:find(",", 1, true) then
        return first -- commas not allowed; abandon
    end

    local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$")

    if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
        name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$") -- is it just initials?
    end

    if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
        if 3 > mw.ustring.len(name) then -- if one or two initials
            if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
                if is_suffix(suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
                    return first -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
                else
                    add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position) -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
                    return first -- and return first unmolested
                end
            else
                return first -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
            end
        end
    end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

    local initials_t, names_t = {}, {} -- tables to hold name parts and initials
    local i = 1 -- counter for number of initials

    names_t = mw.text.split(first, "[%s%-]+") -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix

    while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
        if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match("[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$") then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
            names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub("%.", "") -- remove terminal dot if present
            if is_suffix(names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
                table.insert(initials_t, " " .. names_t[i]) -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
                break -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
            end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
        end
        if 3 > i then
            table.insert(initials_t, mw.ustring.sub(names_t[i], 1, 1)) -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
        end
        i = i + 1 -- bump the counter
    end

    return table.concat(initials_t) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------

extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
	false – no prefixen
	nil – prefix exists but not recognized
	project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
		:<project>:<language>:<article>
		:<language>:<project>:<article>
	project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
	nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix

accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.

]]
local function interwiki_prefixen_get(value, is_link)
    if not value:find(":%l+:") then -- if no prefix
        return false -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
    end

    local prefix_patterns_linked_t = {
        -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
        "^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):", -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
        "^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):", -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
        "^%[%[:([dsw]):", -- wikilinked; project prefix
        "^%[%[:(%l%l+):" -- wikilinked; language prefix
    }

    local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = {
        -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
        "^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):", -- project and language prefixes
        "^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):", -- language and project prefixes
        "^:([dsw]):", -- project prefix
        "^:(%l%l+):" -- language prefix
    }

    local cap1, cap2
    for _, pattern in ipairs((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
        cap1, cap2 = value:match(pattern)
        if cap1 then
            break -- found a match so stop looking
        end
    end

    if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
        if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
                return cap1, cap2 -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
            end
        else -- here when :language:project:
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
                return cap2, cap1 -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
            end
        end
        return nil -- unknown interwiki language
    elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
        return nil -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
    elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
        return cap1, nil -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
    else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
        if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
            return nil, cap1 -- return nil project, language
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) 

names in the list will be linked when
	|<name>-link= has a value
	|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
		rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
    local sep
    local namesep
    local format = control.format
    local maximum = control.maximum
    local name_list = {}

    if "vanc" == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
        sep = cfg.presentation["sep_nl_vanc"] -- name-list separator between names is a comma
        namesep = cfg.presentation["sep_name_vanc"] -- last/first separator is a space
    else
        sep = cfg.presentation["sep_nl"] -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
        namesep = cfg.presentation["sep_name"] -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
    end

    if sep:sub(-1, -1) ~= " " then
        sep = sep .. " "
    end
    if utilities.is_set(maximum) and maximum < 1 then
        return "", 0
    end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names

    for i, person in ipairs(people) do
        if utilities.is_set(person.last) then
            local mask = person.mask
            local one
            local sep_one = sep

            if utilities.is_set(maximum) and i > maximum then
                etal = true
                break
            end

            if mask then
                local n = tonumber(mask) -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
                if n then
                    one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
                    person.link = nil -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
                else
                    one = mask -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
                    sep_one = " " -- modify name-list separator
                end
            else
                one = person.last -- get surname
                local first = person.first -- get given name
                if utilities.is_set(first) then
                    if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
                        one = one:gsub("%.", "") -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
                        if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name(one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
                            first = reduce_to_initials(first, i) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
                        end
                    end
                    one = one .. namesep .. first
                end
            end
            if utilities.is_set(person.link) then
                one = utilities.make_wikilink(person.link, one) -- link author/editor
            end

            if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
                local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get(one, true) -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
                if "w" == proj and ("Wikipedia" == mw.site.namespaces.Project["name"]) then
                    proj = nil -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
                end
                if proj then
                    local proj_name = ({["d"] = "Wikidata", ["s"] = "Wikisource", ["w"] = "Wikipedia"})[proj] -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
                    if proj_name then
                        one = one .. utilities.wrap_style("interproj", proj_name) -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
                        utilities.add_prop_cat("interproj-linked-name", proj) -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
                        tag = nil -- unset; don't do both project and language
                    end
                end
                if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
                    tag = nil -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
                end
                if tag then
                    local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]
                    if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
                        one = one .. utilities.wrap_style("interwiki", lang) -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
                        utilities.add_prop_cat("interwiki-linked-name", tag) -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
                    end
                end

                table.insert(name_list, one) -- add it to the list of names
                table.insert(name_list, sep_one) -- add the proper name-list separator
            end
        end
    end

    local count = #name_list / 2 -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
    if 0 < count then
        if 1 < count and not etal then
            if "amp" == format then
                name_list[#name_list - 2] = " & " -- replace last separator with ampersand text
            elseif "and" == format then
                if 2 == count then
                    name_list[#name_list - 2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and -- replace last separator with 'and' text
                else
                    name_list[#name_list - 2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
                end
            end
        end
        name_list[#name_list] = nil -- erase the last separator
    end

    local result = table.concat(name_list) -- construct list
    if etal and utilities.is_set(result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
        result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages["et al"] -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
    end

    return result, count -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end

--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]
local function make_citeref_id(namelist, year)
    local names = {} -- a table for the one to four names and year
    for i, v in ipairs(namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
        names[i] = v.last
        if i == 4 then
            break
        end -- if four then done
    end
    table.insert(names, year) -- add the year at the end
    local id = table.concat(names) -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
    if utilities.is_set(id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
        return "CITEREF" .. id -- add the CITEREF portion
    else
        return "" -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]
local function cite_class_attribute_make(cite_class, mode)
    local class_t = {}
    table.insert(class_t, "citation") -- required for blue highlight
    if "citation" ~= cite_class then
        table.insert(class_t, cite_class) -- identify this template for user css
        table.insert(class_t, utilities.is_set(mode) and mode or "cs1") -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
    else
        table.insert(class_t, utilities.is_set(mode) and mode or "cs2") -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
    end
    for _, prop_key in ipairs(z.prop_keys_t) do
        table.insert(class_t, prop_key) -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
    end

    return table.concat(class_t, " ") -- make a big string and done
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]
local function name_has_etal(name, etal, nocat, param)
    if utilities.is_set(name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
        local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns -- get patterns from configuration

        for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
            if name:match(pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
                name = name:gsub(pattern, "") -- remove the offending text
                etal = true -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
                if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
                    utilities.set_message("err_etal", {param}) -- and set an error if not added
                end
            end
        end
    end

    return name, etal
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.  

Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are 
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.

This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.

returns nothing

]]
local function name_is_numeric(name, name_alias, list_name)
    local patterns = {
        "^%D+%d", -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
        "^%D*%d+%D+" -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
    }

    if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match(name, "^[%A]+$") then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
        utilities.set_message("err_numeric_names", name_alias) -- add an error message
        added_numeric_name_errs = true -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
        return -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
    end

    if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
        for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
            if mw.ustring.match(name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
                utilities.set_message("maint_numeric_names", cfg.special_case_translation[list_name]) -- add a maint cat for this template
                added_numeric_name_maint = true -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
                return -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.

<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names

returns nothing

]]
local function name_has_mult_names(name, list_name, limit)
    local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps
    limit = limit and limit or 1
    if utilities.is_set(name) then
        _, commas = name:gsub(",", "") -- count the number of commas
        _, semicolons = name:gsub(";", "") -- count the number of semicolons
        -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
        -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
        -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
        -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
        -- entities
        _, nbsps = name:gsub("&nbsp;", "") -- count nbsps

        -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
        -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
        -- they also can be subtracted.
        if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
            utilities.set_message("maint_mult_names", cfg.special_case_translation[list_name]) -- add a maint message
        end
    end
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
	'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
	'generic_titles' – for |title=

There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test.  For example,
	|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.

Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

Returns
	true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
	false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
	nil else

]=]

local function is_generic(item, value, wiki)
    local test_val
    local str_lower = {
        -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
        ["en"] = string.lower,
        ["local"] = mw.ustring.lower
    }
    local str_find = {
        -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
        ["en"] = string.find,
        ["local"] = mw.ustring.find
    }

    local function test(val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
        val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
        return str_find[wiki](val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]) -- return nil when not found or matched
    end

    local test_types_t = {"accept", "reject"} -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
    local wikis_t = {"en", "local"} -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second

    for _, test_type in ipairs(test_types_t) do -- for each test type
        for _, generic_value in pairs(cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
            for _, wiki in ipairs(wikis_t) do
                if generic_value[wiki] then
                    if test(value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
                        return ("reject" == test_type) -- param value rejected, return true; false else
                    end
                end
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging

]]
local function name_is_generic(name, name_alias)
    if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic("generic_names", name) then
        utilities.set_message("err_generic_name", name_alias) -- set an error message
        added_generic_name_errs = true
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]
local function name_checks(last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
    local accept_name

    if utilities.is_set(last) then
        last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(last) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

        if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
            name_has_mult_names(last, list_name) -- check for multiple names in the parameter
            name_is_numeric(last, last_alias, list_name) -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
            name_is_generic(last, last_alias) -- check for names found in the generic names list
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(first) then
        first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(first) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

        if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
            name_has_mult_names(first, list_name, 0) -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
            name_is_numeric(first, first_alias, list_name) -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
            name_is_generic(first, first_alias) -- check for names found in the generic names list
        end
        local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink(first)
        if 0 ~= wl_type then
            first = D
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", first_alias)
        end
    end

    return last, first -- done
end

--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
    local names = {} -- table of names
    local last  -- individual name components
    local first
    local link
    local mask
    local i = 1 -- loop counter/indexer
    local n = 1 -- output table indexer
    local count = 0 -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
    local etal = false -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

    local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias  -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
    while true do
        last, last_alias = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "err_redundant_parameters", i) -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
        first, first_alias =
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        link, link_alias = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Link"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        mask = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Mask"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)

        if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
            local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get(last, true) -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
            if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
                utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", last_alias) -- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
                last = utilities.remove_wiki_link(last) -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
            end
        end

        if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
            local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get(link, false) -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
            if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
                utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", link_alias) -- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
                link = nil -- unset so we don't link
                link_alias = nil
            end
        end

        last, etal = name_has_etal(last, etal, false, last_alias) -- find and remove variations on et al.
        first, etal = name_has_etal(first, etal, false, first_alias) -- find and remove variations on et al.
        last, first = name_checks(last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

        if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
            local alias = first_alias:find("given", 1, true) and "given" or "first" -- get first or given form of the alias
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_first_missing_last",
                {
                    first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
                    first_alias:gsub(alias, {["first"] = "last", ["given"] = "surname"}) -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
                }
            ) -- add this error message
        elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
            count = count + 1 -- number of times we haven't found last and first
            if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
                break -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
            end
        else -- we have last with or without a first
            local result
            link = link_title_ok(link, link_alias, last, last_alias) -- check for improper wiki-markup

            if first then
                link = link_title_ok(link, link_alias, first, first_alias) -- check for improper wiki-markup
            end

            names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false} -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
            n = n + 1 -- point to next location in the names table
            if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
                utilities.set_message("err_missing_name", {list_name:match("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}) -- add this error message
            end
            count = 0 -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
        end
        i = i + 1 -- point to next args location
    end

    return names, etal -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for:
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
	
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil

]]
local function name_tag_get(lang_param)
    local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower(lang_param) -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
    local name
    local tag

    name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc] -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
    if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
        if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
            utilities.set_message("maint_unknown_lang") -- add maint category if not already added
            return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
        end
        return name, lang_param_lc -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
    end

    tag = lang_param_lc:match("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*") -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
    name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
    if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
        return name, tag -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
    end

    if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
        return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2] -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
    end

    name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc] -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name

    if name then
        return name, lang_param_lc -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
    end

    tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc] -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag

    if tag then
        return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
    end

    tag = lang_param_lc:match("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*") -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

    if tag then
        name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag] -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
        if name then
            return name, tag -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
        end
    end
end

--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]
local function language_parameter(lang)
    local tag  -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
    local lang_subtag  -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
    local name  -- the language name
    local language_list = {} -- table of language names to be rendered
    local names_t = {} -- table made from the value assigned to |language=

    local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code) -- get this wiki's language name

    names_t = mw.text.split(lang, "%s*,%s*") -- names should be a comma separated list

    for _, lang in ipairs(names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
        name, tag = name_tag_get(lang) -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase

        if utilities.is_set(tag) then
            lang_subtag = tag:gsub("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*", "%1") -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

            if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
                if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("foreign-lang-source", {name, tag}, lang_subtag) -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
                else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("foreign-lang-source-2", {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag) -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
                end
            elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
                utilities.add_prop_cat("local-lang-source", {name, lang_subtag}) -- categorize it
            end
        else
            name = lang -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
            utilities.set_message("maint_unknown_lang") -- add maint category if not already added
        end

        table.insert(language_list, name)
        name = "" -- so we can reuse it
    end

    name = utilities.make_sep_list(#language_list, language_list)
    if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
        return "" -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
    end
    return (" " .. wrap_msg("language", name)) -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
    --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end

--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]
local function set_cs_style(postscript, mode)
    if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
        -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
        -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
        if mode == "cs1" and postscript == cfg.presentation["ps_" .. mode] then
            utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
        end
    else
        postscript = cfg.presentation["ps_" .. mode]
    end
    return cfg.presentation["sep_" .. mode], postscript
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]
local function set_style(mode, postscript, cite_class)
    local sep
    if "cs2" == mode then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs2")
    elseif "cs1" == mode then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs1")
    elseif "citation" == cite_class then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs2")
    else
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs1")
    end

    if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == "none" then
        -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
        -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
        if "cs2" == mode or ("cs1" ~= mode and "citation" == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
            utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
        end
        postscript = ""
    end

    return sep, postscript
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf(url)
    return url:match("%.pdf$") or url:match("%.PDF$") or url:match("%.pdf[%?#]") or url:match("%.PDF[%?#]") or
        url:match("%.PDF&#035") or
        url:match("%.pdf&#035")
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]
local function style_format(format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
    if utilities.is_set(format) then
        format = utilities.wrap_style("format", format) -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
        if not utilities.is_set(url) then
            utilities.set_message("err_format_missing_url", {fmt_param, url_param}) -- add an error message
        end
    elseif is_pdf(url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
        format = utilities.wrap_style("format", "PDF") -- set format to PDF
    else
        format = "" -- empty string for concatenation
    end
    return format
end

--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.

]]
local function get_display_names(max, count, list_name, etal, param)
    if utilities.is_set(max) then
        if "etal" == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", "") then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
            max = count + 1 -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
            etal = true -- overrides value set by extract_names()
        elseif max:match("^%d+$") then -- if is a string of numbers
            max = tonumber(max) -- make it a number
            if (max >= count) and ("cs1 config" ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
                utilities.set_message("err_disp_name", {param, max}) -- add error message
                max = nil
            end
        else -- not a valid keyword or number
            utilities.set_message("err_disp_name", {param, max}) -- add error message
            max = nil -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
        end
    end

    return max, etal
end

--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
		      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
	bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check(val, name)
    if not val:match(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
        for _, pattern in ipairs(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
            if val:match(pattern) then -- when a match, error so
                utilities.set_message("err_extra_text_pages", name) -- add error message
                return -- and done
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
and |issue=.

For |volume=:
	'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
	content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
	are allowed.

For |issue=:
	'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
	parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
	numero sign U+2116.
	
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
	
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(val, name, selector)
    if not utilities.is_set(val) then
        return
    end

    local handler = "v" == selector and "err_extra_text_volume" or "err_extra_text_issue"
    val = val:lower() -- force parameter value to lower case

    for _, pattern in ipairs(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
        if val:match(pattern) then -- when a match, error so
            utilities.set_message(handler, name) -- add error message
            return -- and done
        end
    end
end

--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table(vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
    local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written(vparam)
    if accept then
        utilities.add_prop_cat("vanc-accept") -- add properties category
    end
    local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
    local wl_type, label, link  -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder

    local i = 1

    while name_table[i] do
        if name_table[i]:match("^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$") then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
            local name = name_table[i]
            i = i + 1 -- bump indexer to next segment
            while name_table[i] do
                name = name .. ", " .. name_table[i] -- concatenate with previous segments
                if name_table[i]:match("^.*%)%)$") then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
                    break -- and done reassembling so
                end
                i = i + 1 -- bump indexer
            end
            table.insert(output_table, name) -- and add corporate name to the output table
            table.insert(output_link_table, "") -- no wikilink
        else
            wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink(name_table[i]) -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
            table.insert(output_table, label) -- add this name
            if 1 == wl_type then
                table.insert(output_link_table, label) -- simple wikilink [[D]]
            else
                table.insert(output_link_table, link) -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
            end
        end
        i = i + 1
    end
    return output_table
end

--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]
local function parse_vauthors_veditors(args, vparam, list_name)
    local names = {} -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
    local v_name_table = {}
    local v_link_table = {} -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
    local etal = false -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
    local last, first, link, mask, suffix
    local corporate = false

    vparam, etal = name_has_etal(vparam, etal, true) -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
    v_name_table = get_v_name_table(vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table) -- names are separated by commas

    for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
        first = "" -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
        local accept_name
        v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(v_name) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

        if accept_name then
            last = v_name
            corporate = true -- flag used in list_people()
        elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
            if v_name:find("[;%.]") then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i)
            end
            local lastfirstTable = {}
            lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
            first = table.remove(lastfirstTable) -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

            if not mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u+$") then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
                suffix = first -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
                first = table.remove(lastfirstTable) -- get what should be the initials from the table
            end
            last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
            if not utilities.is_set(last) then
                first = "" -- unset
                last = v_name -- last empty because something wrong with first
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i)
            end
            if mw.ustring.match(last, "%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+") then
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl["missing comma"], i) -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
            end
            if mw.ustring.match(v_name, " %u %u$") then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i) -- matches a space between two initials
            end
        else
            last = v_name -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
        end

        if utilities.is_set(first) then
            if not mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i) -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
            end
            is_good_vanc_name(last, first, suffix, i) -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
            if utilities.is_set(suffix) then
                first = first .. " " .. suffix -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
                suffix = "" -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
            end
        else
            if not corporate then
                is_good_vanc_name(last, "", nil, i)
            end
        end

        link =
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Link"], "err_redundant_parameters", i) or
            v_link_table[i]
        mask = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Mask"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate} -- add this assembled name to our names list
    end
    return names, etal -- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]
local function select_author_editor_source(vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
    local lastfirst = false
    if
        utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "none", 1) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "none", 1) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "none", 2) or
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "none", 2)
     then
        lastfirst = true
    end

    if
        (utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
            (utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set(xxxxors)) or
            (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set(xxxxors))
     then
        local err_name
        if "AuthorList" == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
            err_name = "author"
        else
            err_name = "editor"
        end
        utilities.set_message("err_redundant_parameters", err_name .. "-name-list parameters") -- add error message
    end

    if true == lastfirst then
        return 1
    end -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
    if utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) then
        return 2
    end
    if utilities.is_set(xxxxors) then
        return 3
    end
    return 1 -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]
local function is_valid_parameter_value(value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
    if not utilities.is_set(value) then
        return ret_val -- an empty parameter is ok
    end

    if (not invert and utilities.in_array(value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
        return cfg.keywords_xlate[value] -- return translation of parameter keyword
    elseif invert and not utilities.in_array(value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
        return value -- return <value> as it is
    else
        utilities.set_message("err_invalid_param_val", {name, value}) -- not an allowed value so add error message
        return ret_val
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]
local function terminate_name_list(name_list, sepc)
    if (string.sub(name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ". ") then -- if already properly terminated
        return name_list -- just return the name list
    elseif (string.sub(name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub(name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. "]]") then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
        return name_list .. " " -- don't add another
    else
        return name_list .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terminate the name list
    end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
local function format_volume_issue(volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
    if not utilities.is_set(volume) and not utilities.is_set(issue) and not utilities.is_set(article) then
        return ""
    end

    -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
    local is_journal =
        "journal" == cite_class or
        (utilities.in_array(cite_class, {"citation", "map", "interview"}) and "journal" == origin)

    local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match("^[MDCLXVI]+$") or volume:match("^%d+$")) -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
    local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?

    if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
        utilities.add_prop_cat("long-vol") -- yes, add properties cat
    end

    if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
        local vol = ""

        if utilities.is_set(volume) then
            if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["vol-bold"], {sepc, volume}) -- render in bold face
            elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-vol"], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}) -- not bold
            else -- four or fewer characters
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["vol-bold"], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}) -- bold
            end
        end
        vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set(issue) and utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-issue"], issue) or "")
        vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set(article) and utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-article-num"], article) or "")
        return vol
    end

    if "podcast" == cite_class and utilities.is_set(issue) then
        return wrap_msg("issue", {sepc, issue}, lower)
    end

    if "conference" == cite_class and utilities.is_set(article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
        if utilities.is_set(volume) and utilities.is_set(article) then -- both volume and article number
            return wrap_msg("vol-art", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume), article}, lower)
        elseif utilities.is_set(article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
            return wrap_msg("art", {sepc, article}, lower)
        end
    end

    -- all other types of citation
    if utilities.is_set(volume) and utilities.is_set(issue) then
        return wrap_msg("vol-no", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume), issue}, lower)
    elseif utilities.is_set(volume) then
        return wrap_msg("vol", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}, lower)
    else
        return wrap_msg("issue", {sepc, issue}, lower)
    end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]
local function format_pages_sheets(page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
    if "map" == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
        if utilities.is_set(sheet) then
            if "journal" == origin then
                return "", "", wrap_msg("j-sheet", sheet, lower), ""
            else
                return "", "", wrap_msg("sheet", {sepc, sheet}, lower), ""
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(sheets) then
            if "journal" == origin then
                return "", "", "", wrap_msg("j-sheets", sheets, lower)
            else
                return "", "", "", wrap_msg("sheets", {sepc, sheets}, lower)
            end
        end
    end

    local is_journal =
        "journal" == cite_class or
        (utilities.in_array(cite_class, {"citation", "map", "interview"}) and "journal" == origin)

    if utilities.is_set(page) then
        if is_journal then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-page(s)"], page), "", "", ""
        elseif not nopp then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, page}), "", "", ""
        else
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, page}), "", "", ""
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(pages) then
        if is_journal then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-page(s)"], pages), "", "", ""
        elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        elseif not nopp then
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["pp-prefix"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        else
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        end
    end

    return "", "", "", "" -- return empty strings
end

--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]
local function insource_loc_get(page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
    local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L  -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

    if utilities.is_set(page) then
        if utilities.is_set(pages) or utilities.is_set(at) then
            pages = "" -- unset the others
            at = ""
        end
        extra_text_in_page_check(page, page_orig) -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(page) -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            page = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in page") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            page =
                utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, page}
            )
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(pages) then
        if utilities.is_set(at) then
            at = "" -- unset
        end
        extra_text_in_page_check(pages, pages_orig) -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(pages) -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            pages = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in pages") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            pages =
                utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, pages}
            )
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(at) then
        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(at) -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            at = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in at") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            at = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"], {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, at})
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    end

    return page, pages, at, coins_pages
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]
local function is_unique_archive_url(archive, url, c_url, source, date)
    if utilities.is_set(archive) then
        if archive == url or archive == c_url then
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_url", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)}) -- add error message
            return "", "" -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
        end
    end

    return archive, date
end

--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
	|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
matches the timestamp in the archive url.

]=]

local function archive_url_check(url, date)
    local err_msg = "" -- start with the error message empty
    local path, timestamp, flag  -- portions of the archive.org URL

    timestamp =
        url:match("//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/") or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
        url:match("//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/") -- this timestamp needs cleanup
    if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
        return url, date, timestamp:gsub("[%.%-]", "") -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
    end
    -- here for archive.org urls
    if (not url:match("//web%.archive%.org/")) and (not url:match("//liveweb%.archive%.org/")) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
        return url, date -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
    end

    if url:match("//web%.archive%.org/save/") then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
        err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save
        url = url:gsub("(//web%.archive%.org)/save/", "%1/*/", 1) -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
    elseif url:match("//liveweb%.archive%.org/") then
        err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb
    else
        path, timestamp, flag = url:match("//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/") -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
        if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp
        elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp
            if "*" ~= flag then
                local replacement = timestamp:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d") or timestamp:match("^%d%d%d%d") -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
                if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
                    replacement = replacement .. string.rep("0", 14 - replacement:len()) -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
                    url = url:gsub("(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*", "%1" .. replacement .. "*", 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
                end
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(path) and "web/" ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path
        elseif utilities.is_set(flag) and not utilities.is_set(path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag
        elseif utilities.is_set(flag) and not flag:match("%a%a_") then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag
        else
            return url, date, timestamp -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
        end
    end
    -- if here, something not right so
    utilities.set_message("err_archive_url", {err_msg}) -- add error message and

    if is_preview_mode then
        return url, date, timestamp -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
    else
        return "", "" -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]
local function place_check(param_val)
    if not utilities.is_set(param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
        return param_val -- return that empty state
    end

    if mw.ustring.find(param_val, "%d") then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
        utilities.set_message("maint_location") -- yep, add maint cat
    end

    return param_val -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]
local function is_archived_copy(title)
    title = mw.ustring.lower(title) -- switch title to lower case
    if title:find(cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
        return true
    elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy["local"] then
        if mw.ustring.find(title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy["local"]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
            return true
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------

for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.

When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
	the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
		greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
			use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
			set overridden maint category
		less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
			use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value

The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.

]]
local function display_names_select(global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
    if global_display_names and utilities.is_set(local_display_names) then -- when both
        if "etal" == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", "") then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
            number_of_names = tonumber(number_of_names) -- convert these to numbers for comparison
            local global_display_names_num = tonumber(global_display_names) -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits

            if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
                utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
                return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
            else
                return local_display_names, param_name -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
            end
        end
        -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
        return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
    end
    -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
    if global_display_names then
        return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
    else
        return local_display_names, param_name -- return local
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------

fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides
local |mode= parameter value.  When both are present, emit maintenance message

]]
local function mode_set(Mode, Mode_origin)
    local mode
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
        mode =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"],
            "cs1 config: mode",
            cfg.keywords_lists["mode"],
            ""
        ) -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
    else
        mode = is_valid_parameter_value(Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists["mode"], "")
    end

    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"] and utilities.is_set(Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
    end
    return mode
end

--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------

create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=

when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>.  When none of those parameters
are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata

]]
local function quote_make(quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript)
    if utilities.is_set(quote) or utilities.is_set(trans_quote) or utilities.is_set(script_quote) then
        if utilities.is_set(quote) then
            if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
                quote = quote:sub(2, -2) -- strip them off
            end
        end

        quote = kern_quotes(quote) -- kern if needed
        quote = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-text", quote) -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags

        if utilities.is_set(script_quote) then
            quote = script_concatenate(quote, script_quote, "script-quote") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
        end

        if utilities.is_set(trans_quote) then
            if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
                trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2) -- strip them off
            end
            quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", trans_quote)
        end

        if utilities.is_set(quote_page) or utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then -- add page prefix
            local quote_prefix = ""
            if utilities.is_set(quote_page) then
                extra_text_in_page_check(quote_page, "quote-page") -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                if not nopp then
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, quote_page}), "", "", ""
                else
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, quote_page}), "", "", ""
                end
            elseif utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then
                extra_text_in_page_check(quote_pages, "quote-pages") -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                elseif not nopp then
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["pp-prefix"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                else
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                end
            end

            quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote
        else
            quote = sepc .. " " .. quote
        end

        postscript = "" -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
    elseif utilities.is_set(quote_page) or utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then
        quote_page = nil -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message?
        quote_pages = nil
    end

    return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------

look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value.
when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else

<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=

]]
local function check_publisher_name(publisher)
    local patterns_t = {
        "^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$", -- plain text <location>: <publisher>
        "^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$", -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher>
        "^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$", -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]]
        "^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$" -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]]
    }

    for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence
        if mw.ustring.match(publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match?
            utilities.set_message("maint_publisher_location") -- set a maint message
            return -- and done
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------

compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=.

return boolean true when:
	|page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters
		of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678
	|page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters
	|page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing
		characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345
	|page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with
		'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit)

return nil when |page(s)= values:
	are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character
	are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages
	have external urls (has text 'http')
	are digit-only values less than 10000
	do not match |doi= values's trailing characters

]]
local function is_page_art_num(page, doi)
    if not (utilities.is_set(page) and utilities.is_set(doi)) then -- both required
        return -- abandon; nothing to do
    end

    if page:match("[,;_−–—‒%-]") then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages
        return -- abandon
    end

    page = page:lower() -- because doi names are case insensitive
    doi = doi:lower() -- force these to lowercase for testing

    if page:match("http") then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url
        return -- abandon
    end

    if tonumber(page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only
        if 10000 > tonumber(page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000
            return -- abandon
        end

        if doi:match(page .. "$") then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=?
            return true
        end

        if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits
            local dot_page = page:gsub("(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)", "%1.%2") -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi=
            if doi:match(dot_page .. "$") then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end
        end
    else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric
        if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters
            if doi:match(page .. "$") then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end

            local epage = page:match("^e([%w]+)$") -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it
            if epage and doi:match(epage .. "$") then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end

            local cdpage = page:match("^cd%d+$") -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits)
            if cdpage and doi:match(cdpage .. "%.pub%d$") then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit
                return true
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]
local function citation0(config, args)
    --[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
    local A = argument_wrapper(args)
    local i

    -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
    -- define different field names for the same underlying things.

    local author_etal
    local a = {} -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
    local Authors
    local NameListStyle
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
        NameListStyle =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"],
            "cs1 config: name-list-style",
            cfg.keywords_lists["name-list-style"],
            ""
        ) -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
    else
        NameListStyle =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            A["NameListStyle"],
            A:ORIGIN("NameListStyle"),
            cfg.keywords_lists["name-list-style"],
            ""
        )
    end

    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"] and utilities.is_set(A["NameListStyle"]) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
    end

    local Collaboration = A["Collaboration"]

    do -- to limit scope of selected
        local selected = select_author_editor_source(A["Vauthors"], A["Authors"], args, "AuthorList")
        if 1 == selected then
            a, author_etal = extract_names(args, "AuthorList") -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
        elseif 2 == selected then
            NameListStyle = "vanc" -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
            a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors(args, A["Vauthors"], "AuthorList") -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
        elseif 3 == selected then
            Authors = A["Authors"] -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Collaboration) then
            author_etal = true -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
        end
    end

    local editor_etal
    local e = {} -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

    do -- to limit scope of selected
        local selected = select_author_editor_source(A["Veditors"], nil, args, "EditorList") -- support for |editors= withdrawn
        if 1 == selected then
            e, editor_etal = extract_names(args, "EditorList") -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
        elseif 2 == selected then
            NameListStyle = "vanc" -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
            e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors(args, args.veditors, "EditorList") -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
        end
    end

    local Chapter = A["Chapter"] -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
    local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("Chapter")
    local Contribution  -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
    if "contribution" == Chapter_origin then
        Contribution = Chapter -- get the name of the contribution
    end
    local c = {} -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs

    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set(A["Periodical"]) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
        c = extract_names(args, "ContributorList") -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

        if 0 < #c then
            if not utilities.is_set(Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
                utilities.set_message("err_contributor_missing_required_param", "contribution") -- add missing contribution error message
                c = {} -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            end
            if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
                utilities.set_message("err_contributor_missing_required_param", "author") -- add missing author error message
                c = {} -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            end
        end
    else -- if not a book cite
        if utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases["ContributorList-Last"], "err_redundant_parameters", 1) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
            utilities.set_message("err_contributor_ignored") -- add contributor ignored error message
        end
        Contribution = nil -- unset
    end

    local Title = A["Title"]
    local TitleLink = A["TitleLink"]

    local auto_select = "" -- default is auto
    local accept_link
    TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true) -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
    if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array(TitleLink, {"none", "pmc", "doi"}) then -- check for special keywords
        auto_select = TitleLink -- remember selection for later
        TitleLink = "" -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
    end

    TitleLink = link_title_ok(TitleLink, A:ORIGIN("TitleLink"), Title, "title") -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

    local Section = "" -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
    if "map" == config.CitationClass and "section" == Chapter_origin then
        Section = A["Chapter"] -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
        Chapter = "" -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
    end

    local Periodical = A["Periodical"]
    local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("Periodical")
    local ScriptPeriodical = A["ScriptPeriodical"]
    local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptPeriodical")
    local TransPeriodical = A["TransPeriodical"]
    local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransPeriodical")

    if
        (utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "encyclopaedia"}) and
            (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical)))
     then
        local param
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
            Periodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        elseif utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical) then
            TransPeriodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = TransPeriodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) then
            ScriptPeriodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = ScriptPeriodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        end

        if utilities.is_set(param) then -- if we found one
            utilities.set_message("err_periodical_ignored", {param}) -- emit an error message
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
        local i
        Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(Periodical) -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
        if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
            utilities.set_message("err_apostrophe_markup", {Periodical_origin})
        end
    end

    if "mailinglist" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.is_set(A["MailingList"]) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_redundant_parameters",
                {
                    utilities.wrap_style("parameter", Periodical_origin) ..
                        cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "mailinglist")
                }
            )
        end

        Periodical = A["MailingList"] -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
        Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("MailingList")
    end

    -- web and news not tested for now because of
    -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
    if not (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
        --	local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'};	-- for error message
        local p = {["journal"] = "journal", ["magazine"] = "magazine"} -- for error message
        if p[config.CitationClass] then
            utilities.set_message("err_missing_periodical", {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]})
        end
    end

    local Volume
    if "citation" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
            if not utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
                Volume = A["Volume"] -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) then
            if "script-website" ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
                Volume = A["Volume"] -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
            end
        else
            Volume = A["Volume"] -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
        end
    elseif utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
        Volume = A["Volume"]
    end
    extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(Volume, A:ORIGIN("Volume"), "v")

    local Issue
    if "citation" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
            Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Issue"])
        end
    elseif utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
        if
            not (utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"conference", "map", "citation"}) and
                not (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)))
         then
            Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Issue"])
        end
    end

    local ArticleNumber

    if
        utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "conference"}) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Periodical) and "journal" == Periodical_origin)
     then
        ArticleNumber = A["ArticleNumber"]
    end

    extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(Issue, A:ORIGIN("Issue"), "i")

    local Page
    local Pages
    local At
    local QuotePage
    local QuotePages
    if not utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
        Page = A["Page"]
        Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Pages"])
        At = A["At"]
        QuotePage = A["QuotePage"]
        QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["QuotePages"])
    end

    local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value(A["NoPP"], A:ORIGIN("NoPP"), cfg.keywords_lists["yes_true_y"], nil)

    local Mode = mode_set(A["Mode"], A:ORIGIN("Mode"))

    -- separator character and postscript
    local sepc, PostScript = set_style(Mode:lower(), A["PostScript"], config.CitationClass)
    local Quote
    Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript =
        quote_make(A["Quote"], A["TransQuote"], A["ScriptQuote"], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript)

    local Edition = A["Edition"]
    local PublicationPlace = place_check(A["PublicationPlace"], A:ORIGIN("PublicationPlace"))
    local Place = place_check(A["Place"], A:ORIGIN("Place"))

    local PublisherName = A["PublisherName"]
    local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN("PublisherName")
    if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] ~= PublisherName) then
        local i = 0
        PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(PublisherName) -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
        if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
            utilities.set_message("err_apostrophe_markup", {PublisherName_origin})
        end
    end

    if ("document" == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
        utilities.set_message("err_missing_publisher", {config.CitationClass, "publisher"})
    end

    local Newsgroup = A["Newsgroup"] -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
    local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN("Newsgroup")

    if "newsgroup" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {PublisherName_origin})
        end

        PublisherName = nil -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
    end

    if
        "book" == config.CitationClass or "encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set(Periodical))
     then
        local accept
        PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written(PublisherName) -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped
        if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup
            check_publisher_name(PublisherName) -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location
        end
    end

    local URL = A["URL"] -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
    local UrlAccess =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["UrlAccess"], A:ORIGIN("UrlAccess"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"], nil)

    if not utilities.is_set(URL) and utilities.is_set(UrlAccess) then
        UrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", "url")
    end

    local ChapterURL = A["ChapterURL"]
    local ChapterUrlAccess =
        is_valid_parameter_value(
        A["ChapterUrlAccess"],
        A:ORIGIN("ChapterUrlAccess"),
        cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"],
        nil
    )
    if not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
        ChapterUrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", {A:ORIGIN("ChapterUrlAccess"):gsub("%-access", "")})
    end

    local MapUrlAccess =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["MapUrlAccess"], A:ORIGIN("MapUrlAccess"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"], nil)
    if not utilities.is_set(A["MapURL"]) and utilities.is_set(MapUrlAccess) then
        MapUrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", {"map-url"})
    end

    local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- also used for COinS and for language
    local no_tracking_cats =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["NoTracking"], A:ORIGIN("NoTracking"), cfg.keywords_lists["yes_true_y"], nil)

    -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
    if not utilities.is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
        if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
            no_tracking_cats = "true" -- set no_tracking_cats
        end
        for _, v in ipairs(cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
            if this_page.text:match(v) then -- test page name against each pattern
                no_tracking_cats = "true" -- set no_tracking_cats
                break -- bail out if one is found
            end
        end
    end
    -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
    utilities.select_one(args, {"page", "p", "pp", "pages", "at", "sheet", "sheets"}, "err_redundant_parameters") -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

    local coins_pages

    Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get(Page, A:ORIGIN("Page"), Pages, A:ORIGIN("Pages"), At)

    if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set(Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
        utilities.add_prop_cat("location-test") -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
        if PublicationPlace == Place then
            Place = "" -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
        end
    elseif not utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set(Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
        PublicationPlace = Place -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
    end

    if PublicationPlace == Place then
        Place = ""
    end -- don't need both if they are the same

    local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN("URL") -- get name of parameter that holds URL
    local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ChapterURL") -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
    local ScriptChapter = A["ScriptChapter"]
    local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptChapter")
    local Format = A["Format"]
    local ChapterFormat = A["ChapterFormat"]
    local TransChapter = A["TransChapter"]
    local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransChapter")
    local TransTitle = A["TransTitle"]
    local ScriptTitle = A["ScriptTitle"]

    --[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
		|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering

		|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
		|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
	
	]]
    local Encyclopedia = A["Encyclopedia"] -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
    local ScriptEncyclopedia = A["ScriptEncyclopedia"]
    local TransEncyclopedia = A["TransEncyclopedia"]

    if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set(ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
        if "encyclopaedia" ~= config.CitationClass and "citation" ~= config.CitationClass then
            if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) then
                utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {A:ORIGIN("Encyclopedia")})
            else
                utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {A:ORIGIN("ScriptEncyclopedia")})
            end
            Encyclopedia = nil -- unset these because not supported by this template
            ScriptEncyclopedia = nil
            TransEncyclopedia = nil
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(TransEncyclopedia) then
        utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"encyclopedia"})
    end

    if
        ("encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
     then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
            utilities.set_message("err_periodical_ignored", {Periodical_origin})
        end

        if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set(ScriptEncyclopedia) then
            Periodical = Encyclopedia -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
            Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("Encyclopedia")
            ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia
            ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptEncyclopedia")

            if utilities.is_set(Title) or utilities.is_set(ScriptTitle) then
                if not utilities.is_set(Chapter) then
                    Chapter = Title -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
                    ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle
                    ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptTitle")
                    TransChapter = TransTitle
                    ChapterURL = URL
                    ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
                    ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
                    ChapterFormat = Format

                    if not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set(TitleLink) then
                        Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink(TitleLink, Chapter)
                    end
                    Title = Periodical -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
                    ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ""
                    TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ""
                    Periodical = "" -- redundant so unset
                    ScriptPeriodical = ""
                    URL = ""
                    Format = ""
                    TitleLink = ""
                end
            elseif utilities.is_set(Chapter) or utilities.is_set(ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
                Title = Periodical -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
                ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ""
                TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ""
                Periodical = "" -- redundant so unset
                ScriptPeriodical = ""
            end
        end
    end

    -- special case for cite techreport.
    local ID = A["ID"]
    if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
        if utilities.is_set(A["Number"]) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
            if not utilities.is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
                ID = A["Number"] -- yes, use it
            else -- ID has a value so emit error message
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "id") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "number")
                    }
                )
            end
        end
    end

    -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
    local ChapterLink  -- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
    local Conference = A["Conference"]
    local BookTitle = A["BookTitle"]
    local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransTitle")
    if "conference" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(BookTitle) then
            Chapter = Title
            Chapter_origin = "title"
            --		ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapter-link= is deprecated
            ChapterURL = URL
            ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
            ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
            URL_origin = ""
            ChapterFormat = Format
            TransChapter = TransTitle
            TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin
            Title = BookTitle
            Format = ""
            --		TitleLink = '';
            TransTitle = ""
            URL = ""
        end
    elseif "speech" ~= config.CitationClass then
        Conference = "" -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
    end

    local use_lowercase = (sepc == ",") -- controls capitalization of certain static text

    -- cite map oddities
    local Cartography = ""
    local Scale = ""
    local Sheet = A["Sheet"] or ""
    local Sheets = A["Sheets"] or ""
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_redundant_parameters",
                {
                    utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "map") ..
                        cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", Chapter_origin)
                }
            ) -- add error message
        end
        Chapter = A["Map"]
        Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("Map")
        ChapterURL = A["MapURL"]
        ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("MapURL")
        TransChapter = A["TransMap"]
        ScriptChapter = A["ScriptMap"]
        ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptMap")

        ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess
        ChapterFormat = A["MapFormat"]

        Cartography = A["Cartography"]
        if utilities.is_set(Cartography) then
            Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("cartography", Cartography, use_lowercase)
        end
        Scale = A["Scale"]
        if utilities.is_set(Scale) then
            Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale
        end
    end

    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
    local Series = A["Series"]
    if "episode" == config.CitationClass or "serial" == config.CitationClass then
        local SeriesLink = A["SeriesLink"]

        SeriesLink = link_title_ok(SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN("SeriesLink"), Series, "series") -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

        local Network = A["Network"]
        local Station = A["Station"]
        local s, n = {}, {}
        -- do common parameters first
        if utilities.is_set(Network) then
            table.insert(n, Network)
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Station) then
            table.insert(n, Station)
        end
        ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. " ")

        if "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
            local Season = A["Season"]
            local SeriesNumber = A["SeriesNumber"]

            if utilities.is_set(Season) and utilities.is_set(SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "season") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "seriesno")
                    }
                ) -- add error message
                SeriesNumber = "" -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
            end
            -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
            if utilities.is_set(Season) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("season", Season, use_lowercase))
            end
            if utilities.is_set(SeriesNumber) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("seriesnum", SeriesNumber, use_lowercase))
            end
            if utilities.is_set(Issue) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("episode", Issue, use_lowercase))
            end
            Issue = "" -- unset because this is not a unique parameter

            Chapter = Title -- promote title parameters to chapter
            ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle
            ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptTitle")
            ChapterLink = TitleLink -- alias |episode-link=
            TransChapter = TransTitle
            ChapterURL = URL
            ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
            ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
            ChapterFormat = Format

            Title = Series -- promote series to title
            TitleLink = SeriesLink
            Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. " ") -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

            if utilities.is_set(ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
                Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink(ChapterLink, Chapter)
            elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
                Series = utilities.make_wikilink(ChapterLink, Series)
            end
            URL = "" -- unset
            TransTitle = ""
            ScriptTitle = ""
            Format = ""
        else -- now oddities that are cite serial
            Issue = "" -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
            Chapter = A["Episode"] -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
            if utilities.is_set(Series) and utilities.is_set(SeriesLink) then
                Series = utilities.make_wikilink(SeriesLink, Series)
            end
            Series = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", Series) -- series is italicized
        end
    end
    -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

    -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
    local TitleType = A["TitleType"]
    local Degree = A["Degree"]
    if
        utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "AV-media-notes",
                "document",
                "interview",
                "mailinglist",
                "map",
                "podcast",
                "pressrelease",
                "report",
                "speech",
                "techreport",
                "thesis"
            }
        )
     then
        TitleType = set_titletype(config.CitationClass, TitleType)
        if utilities.is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
            TitleType = Degree .. " " .. cfg.title_types["thesis"]:lower()
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
        TitleType = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["type"], TitleType) -- display it in parentheses
    -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
    end

    -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
    local Date = A["Date"]
    local Date_origin  -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
    local PublicationDate = A["PublicationDate"]
    local Year = A["Year"]

    if utilities.is_set(Year) then
        validation.year_check(Year) -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
    end

    if not utilities.is_set(Date) then
        Date = Year -- promote Year to Date
        Year = nil -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
        if not utilities.is_set(Date) and utilities.is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
            Date = PublicationDate -- promote PublicationDate to Date
            PublicationDate = "" -- unset, no longer needed
            Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("PublicationDate") -- save the name of the promoted parameter
        else
            Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("Year") -- save the name of the promoted parameter
        end
    else
        Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("Date") -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
    end

    if PublicationDate == Date then
        PublicationDate = ""
    end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

    --[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]
    local DF = is_valid_parameter_value(A["DF"], A:ORIGIN("DF"), cfg.keywords_lists["df"], "")
    if not utilities.is_set(DF) then
        DF = cfg.global_df -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
    end

    local ArchiveURL
    local ArchiveDate
    local ArchiveFormat = A["ArchiveFormat"]
    local archive_url_timestamp  -- timestamp from wayback machine url

    ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check(A["ArchiveURL"], A["ArchiveDate"])
    ArchiveFormat = style_format(ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, "archive-format", "archive-url")

    ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url(ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL"), ArchiveDate) -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

    local AccessDate = A["AccessDate"]
    local COinS_date = {} -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
    local DoiBroken = A["DoiBroken"]
    local Embargo = A["Embargo"]
    local anchor_year  -- used in the CITEREF identifier
    do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
        local error_message = ""
        -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
        local date_parameters_list = {
            ["access-date"] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN("AccessDate")},
            ["archive-date"] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveDate")},
            ["date"] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
            ["doi-broken-date"] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN("DoiBroken")},
            ["pmc-embargo-date"] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN("Embargo")},
            ["publication-date"] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN("PublicationDate")},
            ["year"] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN("Year")}
        }

        local error_list = {}
        anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list)

        if utilities.is_set(Year) and utilities.is_set(Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
            validation.year_date_check(Year, A:ORIGIN("Year"), Date, A:ORIGIN("Date"), error_list)
        end

        if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
            local modified = false -- flag

            if utilities.is_set(DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
                modified = validation.reformat_dates(date_parameters_list, DF) -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
            end

            if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash(date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
                modified = true
                utilities.set_message("maint_date_format") -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
            end

            -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
            if
                cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and
                    validation.date_name_xlate(date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable)
             then
                utilities.set_message("maint_date_auto_xlated") -- add maint cat
                modified = true
            end

            if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
                AccessDate = date_parameters_list["access-date"].val -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
                ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list["archive-date"].val
                Date = date_parameters_list["date"].val
                DoiBroken = date_parameters_list["doi-broken-date"].val
                PublicationDate = date_parameters_list["publication-date"].val
            end

            if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                validation.archive_date_check(ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF) -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
            end
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_date", {utilities.make_sep_list(#error_list, error_list)}) -- add this error message
        end
    end -- end of do

    if
        utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "encyclopaedia"}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set(Periodical))
     then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
        if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            if not utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
                local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber(COinS_date.rftdate:match("%d%d%d%d")) -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
                if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
                    utilities.set_message("maint_location_no_publisher") -- add maint cat
                end
            else -- PublisherName has a value
                if cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
                    PublisherName = "" -- unset
                end
            end
        end
    end

    local ID_list = {} -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
    local ID_list_coins = {} -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
    local Class = A["Class"] -- arxiv class identifier

    local ID_support = {
        {A["ASINTLD"], "ASIN", "err_asintld_missing_asin", A:ORIGIN("ASINTLD")},
        {DoiBroken, "DOI", "err_doibroken_missing_doi", A:ORIGIN("DoiBroken")},
        {Embargo, "PMC", "err_embargo_missing_pmc", A:ORIGIN("Embargo")}
    }

    ID_list, ID_list_coins =
        identifiers.identifier_lists_get(
        args,
        {
            DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi=
            ASINTLD = A["ASINTLD"], -- for |asin=
            Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc=
            Class = Class, -- for |arxiv=
            CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv=
            Year = anchor_year -- for |isbn=
        },
        ID_support
    )

    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
        if
            not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
                args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]])
         then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
            utilities.set_message("err_" .. config.CitationClass .. "_missing") -- add error message
        end

        Periodical =
            ({
            ["arxiv"] = "arXiv",
            ["biorxiv"] = "bioRxiv",
            ["citeseerx"] = "CiteSeerX",
            ["medrxiv"] = "medRxiv",
            ["ssrn"] = "Social Science Research Network"
        })[config.CitationClass]
    end

    -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

    if
        config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set(URL) and not utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and
            not utilities.in_array(cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {"off", "none"})
     then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
        if "none" ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
            if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1] -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls["pmc"] then -- auto-select PMC
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls["pmc"] -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers["PMC"].parameters[1] -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls["doi"] then -- auto-select DOI
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls["doi"]
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers["DOI"].parameters[1]
            end
        end

        if utilities.is_set(URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
            if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
                utilities.set_message("err_accessdate_missing_url") -- add an error message
                AccessDate = "" -- unset
            end

            if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
                utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url") -- add an error message
                ArchiveURL = "" -- unset
            end
        end
    end

    -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
    -- Test if citation has no title
    if not utilities.is_set(Title) and not utilities.is_set(TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set(ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
        utilities.set_message("err_citation_missing_title", {"episode" == config.CitationClass and "series" or "title"})
    end

    if
        utilities.in_array(cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {"off", "none"}) and
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and
            (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
            ("journal" == Periodical_origin or "script-journal" == ScriptPeriodical_origin)
     then -- special case for journal cites
        Title = "" -- set title to empty string
        utilities.set_message("maint_untitled") -- add maint cat
    end

    if
        "journal" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Periodical) and "journal" == Periodical_origin)
     then
        if
            is_page_art_num(
                ((utilities.is_set(Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set(Pages) and Pages)) or nil,
                ID_list_coins["DOI"]
            )
         then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number
            utilities.set_message("maint_page_art_num") -- add maint cat
        end
    end

    -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
    -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
    -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
    -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap

    local coins_chapter = Chapter -- default assuming that remapping not required
    local coins_title = Title -- et tu
    if
        "encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
     then
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) and utilities.is_set(Title) and utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- if all are used then
            coins_chapter = Title -- remap
            coins_title = Periodical
        end
    end
    local coins_author = a -- default for coins rft.au
    if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
        coins_author = c -- use that instead
    end

    -- this is the function call to COinS()
    local OCinSoutput =
        metadata.COinS(
        {
            ["Periodical"] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
            ["Encyclopedia"] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
            ["Chapter"] = metadata.make_coins_title(coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
            ["Degree"] = Degree, -- cite thesis only
            ["Title"] = metadata.make_coins_title(coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
            ["PublicationPlace"] = PublicationPlace,
            ["Date"] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
            ["Season"] = COinS_date.rftssn,
            ["Quarter"] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
            ["Chron"] = COinS_date.rftchron,
            ["Series"] = Series,
            ["Volume"] = Volume,
            ["Issue"] = Issue,
            ["ArticleNumber"] = ArticleNumber,
            ["Pages"] = coins_pages or
                metadata.get_coins_pages(first_set({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
            ["Edition"] = Edition,
            ["PublisherName"] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
            ["URL"] = first_set({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
            ["Authors"] = coins_author,
            ["ID_list"] = ID_list_coins,
            ["RawPage"] = this_page.prefixedText
        },
        config.CitationClass
    )

    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
        Periodical = "" -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
    end

    -- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
    if "newsgroup" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Newsgroup) then
        PublisherName =
            utilities.substitute(
            cfg.messages["newsgroup"],
            external_link("news:" .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil)
        )
    end

    local Editors
    local EditorCount  -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
    local Contributors  -- assembled contributors name list
    local contributor_etal
    local Translators  -- assembled translators name list
    local translator_etal
    local t = {} -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
    t = extract_names(args, "TranslatorList") -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
    local Interviewers
    local interviewers_list = {}
    interviewers_list = extract_names(args, "InterviewerList") -- process preferred interviewers parameters
    local interviewer_etal

    -- Now perform various field substitutions.
    -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
    -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
    do
        local last_first_list
        local control = {
            format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
            maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
            mode = Mode
        }

        do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayEditors"],
                A["DisplayEditors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayEditors"),
                #e
            )
            control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names(display_names, #e, "editors", editor_etal, param)

            Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal)

            if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
                EditorCount = 2 -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
            end
        end
        do -- now do interviewers
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayInterviewers"],
                A["DisplayInterviewers"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayInterviewers"),
                #interviewers_list
            )
            control.maximum, interviewer_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #interviewers_list, "interviewers", interviewer_etal, param)

            Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal)
        end
        do -- now do translators
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayTranslators"],
                A["DisplayTranslators"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayTranslators"),
                #t
            )
            control.maximum, translator_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #t, "translators", translator_etal, param)

            Translators = list_people(control, t, translator_etal)
        end
        do -- now do contributors
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayContributors"],
                A["DisplayContributors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayContributors"),
                #c
            )
            control.maximum, contributor_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #c, "contributors", contributor_etal, param)

            Contributors = list_people(control, c, contributor_etal)
        end
        do -- now do authors
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayAuthors"],
                A["DisplayAuthors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayAuthors"),
                #a,
                author_etal
            )
            control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names(display_names, #a, "authors", author_etal, param)

            last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal)

            if utilities.is_set(Authors) then
                Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal(Authors, author_etal, false, "authors") -- find and remove variations on et al.
                if author_etal then
                    Authors = Authors .. " " .. cfg.messages["et al"] -- add et al. to authors parameter
                end
            else
                Authors = last_first_list -- either an author name list or an empty string
            end
        end -- end of do

        if utilities.is_set(Authors) and utilities.is_set(Collaboration) then
            Authors = Authors .. " (" .. Collaboration .. ")" -- add collaboration after et al.
        end
    end

    local ConferenceFormat = A["ConferenceFormat"]
    local ConferenceURL = A["ConferenceURL"]
    ConferenceFormat = style_format(ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, "conference-format", "conference-url")
    Format = style_format(Format, URL, "format", "url")

    -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
    if
        not (utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "web",
                "news",
                "journal",
                "magazine",
                "pressrelease",
                "podcast",
                "newsgroup",
                "arxiv",
                "biorxiv",
                "citeseerx",
                "medrxiv",
                "ssrn"
            }
        ) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)))
     then
        ChapterFormat = style_format(ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, "chapter-format", "chapter-url")
    end

    if not utilities.is_set(URL) then
        if
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    ("website" == Periodical_origin or "script-website" == ScriptPeriodical_origin))
         then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
            utilities.set_message("err_cite_web_url")
        end

        -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
        if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
            utilities.set_message("err_accessdate_missing_url")
            AccessDate = ""
        end
    end

    local UrlStatus =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["UrlStatus"], A:ORIGIN("UrlStatus"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-status"], "")
    local OriginalURL
    local OriginalURL_origin
    local OriginalFormat
    local OriginalAccess
    UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower() -- used later when assembling archived text
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
            OriginalURL = ChapterURL -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
            OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
            OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat -- and original |chapter-format=

            if "live" ~= UrlStatus then
                ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
                ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL") -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
                ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or "" -- swap in archive's format
                ChapterUrlAccess = nil -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(URL) then
            OriginalURL = URL -- save copy of original source URL
            OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin -- name of URL parameter for error messages
            OriginalFormat = Format -- and original |format=
            OriginalAccess = UrlAccess

            if "live" ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
                URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
                URL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL") -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
                Format = ArchiveFormat or "" -- swap in archive's format
                UrlAccess = nil -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
            end
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
        utilities.set_message("maint_url_status") -- add maint cat
    end

    if
        utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "web",
                "news",
                "journal",
                "magazine",
                "pressrelease",
                "podcast",
                "newsgroup",
                "arxiv",
                "biorxiv",
                "citeseerx",
                "medrxiv",
                "ssrn"
            }
        ) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
     then
        local chap_param
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("Chapter")
        elseif utilities.is_set(TransChapter) then
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("TransChapter")
        elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("ChapterURL")
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptChapter) then
            chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin
        else
            utilities.is_set(ChapterFormat)
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("ChapterFormat")
        end

        if utilities.is_set(chap_param) then -- if we found one
            utilities.set_message("err_chapter_ignored", {chap_param}) -- add error message
            Chapter = "" -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
            TransChapter = ""
            ChapterURL = ""
            ScriptChapter = ""
            ChapterFormat = ""
        end
    else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
        local no_quotes = false -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
        if utilities.is_set(Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
            if utilities.in_array(Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
                no_quotes = true -- then render it unquoted
            end
        end

        Chapter =
            format_chapter_title(
            ScriptChapter,
            ScriptChapter_origin,
            Chapter,
            Chapter_origin,
            TransChapter,
            TransChapter_origin,
            ChapterURL,
            ChapterURL_origin,
            no_quotes,
            ChapterUrlAccess
        ) -- Contribution is also in Chapter
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then
            Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat
            if "map" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(TitleType) then
                Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. TitleType -- map annotation here; not after title
            end
            Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " "
        elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
            Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. " " -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
        end
    end

    -- Format main title
    local plain_title = false
    local accept_title
    Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written(Title, true) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
    if accept_title and ("" == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
        Title = cfg.messages["notitle"] -- replace by predefined "No title" message
        -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...);	-- issue proper error message instead of muting
        ScriptTitle = "" -- just mute for now
        TransTitle = "" -- just mute for now
        plain_title = true -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
        utilities.set_message("maint_untitled") -- add maint cat
    end

    if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
        if "..." == Title:sub(-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
            Title = Title:gsub("(%.%.%.)%.+$", "%1") -- limit the number of dots to three
        elseif
            not mw.ustring.find(Title, "%.%s*%a%.$") and not mw.ustring.find(Title, "%s+%a%.$") -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
         then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
            Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, "%" .. sepc .. "$", "") -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
        end

        if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy(Title) then
            utilities.set_message("maint_archived_copy") -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
        end

        if is_generic("generic_titles", Title) then
            utilities.set_message("err_generic_title") -- set an error message
        end
    end

    if
        (not plain_title) and
            (utilities.in_array(
                config.CitationClass,
                {
                    "web",
                    "news",
                    "journal",
                    "magazine",
                    "document",
                    "pressrelease",
                    "podcast",
                    "newsgroup",
                    "mailinglist",
                    "interview",
                    "arxiv",
                    "biorxiv",
                    "citeseerx",
                    "medrxiv",
                    "ssrn"
                }
            ) or
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                    not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)) or
                ("map" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical))))
     then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
        Title = kern_quotes(Title) -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
        Title = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-title", Title)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", TransTitle)
    elseif plain_title or ("report" == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", TransTitle) -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
    else
        Title = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", Title)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-italic-title", TransTitle)
    end

    if utilities.is_set(TransTitle) then
        if utilities.is_set(Title) then
            TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"title"})
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
        if utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and utilities.is_set(URL) then
            utilities.set_message("err_wikilink_in_url") -- set an error message because we can't have both
            TitleLink = "" -- unset
        end

        if not utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and utilities.is_set(URL) then
            Title = external_link(URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format
            URL = "" -- unset these because no longer needed
            Format = ""
        elseif utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set(URL) then
            local ws_url
            ws_url = wikisource_url_make(TitleLink) -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
            if ws_url then
                Title = external_link(ws_url, Title .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in title-link") -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
                Title =
                    utilities.substitute(
                    cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                    {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], TitleLink, Title}
                )
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            else
                Title = utilities.make_wikilink(TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle
            end
        else
            local ws_url, ws_label, L  -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
            ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', "%1")) -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
            if ws_url then
                Title = Title:gsub("%b[]", ws_label) -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
                Title = external_link(ws_url, Title .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in title") -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
                Title =
                    utilities.substitute(
                    cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                    {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, Title}
                )
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            else
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            end
        end
    else
        Title = TransTitle
    end

    if utilities.is_set(Place) then
        Place = " " .. wrap_msg("written", Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "
    end

    local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ConferenceURL") -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
    if utilities.is_set(Conference) then
        if utilities.is_set(ConferenceURL) then
            Conference = external_link(ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil)
        end
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat
    elseif utilities.is_set(ConferenceURL) then
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link(ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil)
    end

    local Position = ""
    if not utilities.is_set(Position) then
        local Minutes = A["Minutes"]
        local Time = A["Time"]

        if utilities.is_set(Minutes) then
            if utilities.is_set(Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "minutes") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "time")
                    }
                )
            end
            Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages["minutes"]
        else
            if utilities.is_set(Time) then
                local TimeCaption = A["TimeCaption"]
                if not utilities.is_set(TimeCaption) then
                    TimeCaption = cfg.messages["event"]
                    if sepc ~= "." then
                        TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower()
                    end
                end
                Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time
            end
        end
    else
        Position = " " .. Position
        At = ""
    end

    Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets =
        format_pages_sheets(
        Page,
        Pages,
        Sheet,
        Sheets,
        config.CitationClass,
        Periodical_origin,
        sepc,
        NoPP,
        use_lowercase
    )

    At = utilities.is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""
    Position = utilities.is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
        local Sections = A["Sections"] -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
        local Inset = A["Inset"]

        if utilities.is_set(Inset) then
            Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("inset", Inset, use_lowercase)
        end

        if utilities.is_set(Sections) then
            Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("sections", Sections, use_lowercase)
        elseif utilities.is_set(Section) then
            Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("section", Section, use_lowercase)
        end
        At = At .. Inset .. Section
    end

    local Others = A["Others"]
    if utilities.is_set(Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
        if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
            utilities.set_message("maint_others_avm")
        else
            utilities.set_message("maint_others")
        end
    end
    Others = utilities.is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""

    if utilities.is_set(Translators) then
        Others = safe_join({sepc .. " ", wrap_msg("translated", Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc)
    end
    if utilities.is_set(Interviewers) then
        Others = safe_join({sepc .. " ", wrap_msg("interview", Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc)
    end

    local TitleNote = A["TitleNote"]
    TitleNote = utilities.is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""
    if utilities.is_set(Edition) then
        if Edition:match("%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$") or Edition:match("%f[%a][Ee]dition$") then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
            utilities.set_message("err_extra_text_edition") -- add error message
        end
        Edition = " " .. wrap_msg("edition", Edition)
    else
        Edition = ""
    end

    Series = utilities.is_set(Series) and wrap_msg("series", {sepc, Series}) or "" -- not the same as SeriesNum
    local Agency = A["Agency"] or "" -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
    if utilities.is_set(Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
        if
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"magazine", "news", "pressrelease", "web"}) or
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"}))
         then
            Agency = wrap_msg("agency", {sepc, Agency}) -- format for rendering
        else
            Agency = "" -- unset; not supported
            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {"agency"}) -- add error message
        end
    end

    Volume =
        format_volume_issue(Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase)

    if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) then
        local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages["retrieved"]

        AccessDate = nowrap_date(AccessDate) -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
        if (sepc ~= ".") then
            retrv_text = retrv_text:lower()
        end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
        AccessDate = utilities.substitute(retrv_text, AccessDate) -- add retrieved text

        AccessDate = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["accessdate"], {sepc, AccessDate}) -- allow editors to hide accessdates
    end

    if utilities.is_set(ID) then
        ID = sepc .. " " .. ID
    end

    local Docket = A["Docket"]
    if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Docket) then
        ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID
    end
    if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
        ID = sepc .. " " .. Docket -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
    end

    if utilities.is_set(URL) then
        URL = " " .. external_link(URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess)
    end

    -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
    -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
    -- a displayed postscript.
    -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
    -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
    if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
        utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
    end

    local Archived
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if not utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_date") -- emit an error message
            ArchiveURL = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            ArchiveDate = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    else
        if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_date_missing_url") -- emit an error message
            ArchiveURL = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            ArchiveDate = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        local arch_text
        if "live" == UrlStatus then
            arch_text = cfg.messages["archived"]
            if sepc ~= "." then
                arch_text = arch_text:lower()
            end
            if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                Archived =
                    sepc ..
                    " " ..
                        utilities.substitute(
                            cfg.messages["archived-live"],
                            {
                                external_link(ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL"), nil) .. ArchiveFormat,
                                ArchiveDate
                            }
                        )
            else
                Archived = ""
            end
            if not utilities.is_set(OriginalURL) then
                utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url")
                Archived = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
            if utilities.in_array(UrlStatus, {"unfit", "usurped", "bot: unknown"}) then
                arch_text = cfg.messages["archived-unfit"]
                if sepc ~= "." then
                    arch_text = arch_text:lower()
                end
                Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate -- format already styled
                if "bot: unknown" == UrlStatus then
                    utilities.set_message("maint_bot_unknown") -- and add a category if not already added
                else
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("unfit") -- and add a category if not already added
                end
            else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
                arch_text = cfg.messages["archived-dead"]
                if sepc ~= "." then
                    arch_text = arch_text:lower()
                end
                if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                    Archived =
                        sepc ..
                        " " ..
                            utilities.substitute(
                                arch_text,
                                {
                                    external_link(
                                        OriginalURL,
                                        cfg.messages["original"],
                                        OriginalURL_origin,
                                        OriginalAccess
                                    ) .. OriginalFormat,
                                    ArchiveDate
                                }
                            ) -- format already styled
                else
                    Archived = "" -- unset for concatenation
                end
            end
        else -- OriginalUrl not set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url")
            Archived = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(ArchiveFormat) then
        Archived = ArchiveFormat -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
    else
        Archived = ""
    end

    local TranscriptURL = A["TranscriptURL"]
    local TranscriptFormat = A["TranscriptFormat"]
    TranscriptFormat = style_format(TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, "transcript-format", "transcripturl")
    local Transcript = A["Transcript"]
    local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("TranscriptURL") -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
    if utilities.is_set(Transcript) then
        if utilities.is_set(TranscriptURL) then
            Transcript = external_link(TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil)
        end
        Transcript = sepc .. " " .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat
    elseif utilities.is_set(TranscriptURL) then
        Transcript = external_link(TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil)
    end

    local Publisher
    if utilities.is_set(PublicationDate) then
        PublicationDate = wrap_msg("published", PublicationDate)
    end
    if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
        if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate
        else
            Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
        Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate
    else
        Publisher = PublicationDate
    end

    -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
    if (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical)) then
        if utilities.is_set(Title) or utilities.is_set(TitleNote) then
            Periodical =
                sepc ..
                " " ..
                    format_periodical(
                        ScriptPeriodical,
                        ScriptPeriodical_origin,
                        Periodical,
                        TransPeriodical,
                        TransPeriodical_origin
                    )
        else
            Periodical =
                format_periodical(
                ScriptPeriodical,
                ScriptPeriodical_origin,
                Periodical,
                TransPeriodical,
                TransPeriodical_origin
            )
        end
    end

    local Language = A["Language"]
    if utilities.is_set(Language) then
        Language = language_parameter(Language) -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
    else
        --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
        Language = "" -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
    end

    --[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
    if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
        TitleNote = TitleType -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
        TitleType = "" -- and unset

        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
            if utilities.is_set(Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
                Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " " -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
            end
        end
    end

    -- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
    -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
    -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

    local tcommon
    local tcommon2  -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set

    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
        if utilities.is_set(Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
            tcommon = safe_join({Title, TitleNote}, sepc) -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
            tcommon2 = safe_join({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
        else
            tcommon =
                safe_join({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
        end
    elseif "map" == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
            tcommon = safe_join({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc)
        elseif utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
            tcommon =
                safe_join(
                {Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume},
                sepc
            )
        else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
            tcommon =
                safe_join({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc)
        end
    elseif "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
        tcommon = safe_join({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
    else -- all other CS1 templates
        tcommon =
            safe_join(
            {
                Title,
                TitleNote,
                Conference,
                Periodical,
                TitleType,
                Series,
                Language,
                Volume,
                Others,
                Edition,
                Publisher,
                Agency
            },
            sepc
        )
    end

    if #ID_list > 0 then
        ID_list = safe_join({sepc .. " ", table.concat(ID_list, sepc .. " "), ID}, sepc)
    else
        ID_list = ID
    end

    local Via = A["Via"]
    Via = utilities.is_set(Via) and wrap_msg("via", Via) or ""
    local idcommon
    if "audio-visual" == config.CitationClass or "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
        idcommon = safe_join({ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote}, sepc)
    else
        idcommon = safe_join({ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote}, sepc)
    end

    local text
    local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At

    local OrigDate = A["OrigDate"]
    OrigDate = utilities.is_set(OrigDate) and wrap_msg("origdate", OrigDate) or ""
    if utilities.is_set(Date) then
        if utilities.is_set(Authors) or utilities.is_set(Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
            Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " " -- in parentheses
        else -- neither of authors and editors set
            if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
                Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate -- Date does not begin with sepc
            else
                Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate -- Date begins with sepc
            end
        end
    end
    if utilities.is_set(Authors) then
        if (not utilities.is_set(Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
            Authors = terminate_name_list(Authors, sepc) -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Editors) then
            local in_text = ""
            local post_text = ""
            if utilities.is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
                in_text = cfg.messages["in"] .. " "
                if (sepc ~= ".") then
                    in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
                end
            end
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages["editor"] .. ")" -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
            else
                post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages["editors"] .. ")"
            end
            Editors = terminate_name_list(in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
            local by_text = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages["by"] .. " "
            if (sepc ~= ".") then
                by_text = by_text:lower()
            end -- lowercase for cs2
            Authors = by_text .. Authors -- author follows title so tweak it here
            if utilities.is_set(Editors) and utilities.is_set(Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
                Authors = terminate_name_list(Authors, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
            end
            if (not utilities.is_set(Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
                Contributors = terminate_name_list(Contributors, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
            end
            text =
                safe_join(
                {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon},
                sepc
            )
        else
            text = safe_join({Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(Editors) then
        if utilities.is_set(Date) then
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation["sep_name"] .. cfg.messages["editor"]
            else
                Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation["sep_name"] .. cfg.messages["editors"]
            end
        else
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages["editor"] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            else
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages["editors"] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            end
        end
        text = safe_join({Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
    else
        if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
            text = safe_join({Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc)
        else
            text = safe_join({Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
        text = safe_join({text, sepc}, sepc) -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
        if "." == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
            text = text:gsub("%" .. sepc .. "$", "") -- dot must be escaped here
        else
            text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, sepc .. "$", "") -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
        end
    end

    text = safe_join({text, PostScript}, sepc)

    -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
    local options_t = {}
    options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make(config.CitationClass, Mode)

    local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value(A["Ref"], A:ORIGIN("Ref"), cfg.keywords_lists["ref"], nil, true) -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else

    if "none" ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ""] then
        local namelist_t = {} -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
        local year = first_set({Year, anchor_year}, 2) -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

        if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
            namelist_t = c -- select it
        elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
            namelist_t = a
        elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
            namelist_t = e
        end
        local citeref_id
        if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
            citeref_id = make_citeref_id(namelist_t, year) -- go make the CITEREF anchor
            if mw.uri.anchorEncode(citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode(Ref)) or "") then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
                utilities.set_message("maint_ref_duplicates_default")
            end
        else
            citeref_id = "" -- unset
        end
        options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id
    end

    if string.len(text:gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
        z.error_cats_t = {} -- blank the categories list
        z.error_msgs_t = {} -- blank the error messages list
        OCinSoutput = nil -- blank the metadata string
        text = "" -- blank the the citation
        utilities.set_message("err_empty_citation") -- set empty citation message and category
    end

    local render_t = {} -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

    if utilities.is_set(options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
        table.insert(
            render_t,
            utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["cite-id"],
                {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}
            )
        ) -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
    else
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["cite"], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})) -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
    end

    if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["ocins"], OCinSoutput)) -- format and append metadata to the citation
    end

    local template_name =
        ("citation" == config.CitationClass) and "citation" or
        "cite " .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass)
    local template_link = "[[Template:" .. template_name .. "|" .. template_name .. "]]"
    local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. "}}</code>: "

    if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
        mw.addWarning(utilities.substitute(cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link))

        table.insert(render_t, " ") -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
        table.sort(z.error_msgs_t) -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

        local hidden = true -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
        for _, v in ipairs(z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
            if v:find("cs1-visible-error", 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
                hidden = false -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
                break -- and done because no need to look further
            end
        end

        z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat({utilities.error_comment(msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}) -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
        table.insert(render_t, table.concat(z.error_msgs_t, "; ")) -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
    end

    if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
        mw.addWarning(utilities.substitute(cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link))

        table.sort(z.maint_cats_t) -- sort the maintenance messages list

        local maint_msgs_t = {} -- here we collect all of the maint messages

        if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
            table.insert(maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix) -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
        end

        for _, v in ipairs(z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
            table.insert(
                maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
                table.concat({v, " (", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[":cat wikilink"], v), ")"})
            )
        end
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["hidden-maint"], table.concat(maint_msgs_t, " "))) -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
    end

    if not no_tracking_cats then
        local sort_key
        local cat_wikilink = "cat wikilink"
        if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
            local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace -- get namespace number for this wikitext
            sort_key =
                (0 ~= namespace_number and
                (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or
                nil -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
            cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and "cat wikilink") or "cat wikilink sk" -- make <cfg.messages> key
        end

        for _, v in ipairs(z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}))
        end
        if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed
            utilities.set_message("maint_id_limit_load_fail") -- done here because this maint cat emits no message
        end
        for _, v in ipairs(z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}))
        end
        for _, v in ipairs(z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["cat wikilink"], v)) -- no sort keys
        end
    end

    return table.concat(render_t) -- make a big string and done
end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]
local function validate(name, cite_class, empty)
    local name = tostring(name)
    local enum_name  -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
    local state
    local function state_test(state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
        if true == state then
            return true
        end -- valid actively supported parameter
        if false == state then
            if empty then
                return nil
            end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
            deprecated_parameter(name) -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
            return true
        end
        if "tracked" == state then
            local base_name = name:gsub("%d", "") -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
            utilities.add_prop_cat("tracked-param", {base_name}, base_name) -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
            return true
        end
        return nil
    end

    if name:find("#") then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
        return nil
    end
    -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
    enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub(name, "%d+$", "#") -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
    enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub(enum_name, "%d+([%-l])", "#%1") -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity

    if "document" == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
        state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name] -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end

        return false
    end

    if utilities.in_array(cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
        state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name] -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end

        state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name] -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end

        return false -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
    end -- end limited parameter-set templates

    if utilities.in_array(cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
        state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name] -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end
    end -- if here, fall into general validation

    state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name] -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
    if true == state_test(state, name) then
        return true
    end

    return false -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
	[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
	[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check(parameter, value)
    local prefix = value:match("%[%[(%a+):") -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
    local _

    if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", parameter) -- emit an error message
        _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink(value) -- extract label portion from wikilink
    end

    return value
end

--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}	-- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
	{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}}			-- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]
local function missing_pipe_check(parameter, value)
    local capture
    value = value:gsub("%b<>", "") -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

    capture = value:match("%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=") or value:match("^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=") -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
    if capture and validate(capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
        utilities.set_message("err_missing_pipe", parameter)
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]
local function has_extraneous_punc(param, value)
    if "number" == type(param) then
        return
    end

    param = param:gsub("%d+", "#") -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
    if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
        return -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
    end

    if value:match("[,;:]$") then
        utilities.set_message("maint_extra_punct") -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
    end
    if value:match("^=") then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
        utilities.set_message("maint_extra_punct") -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------

look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters.  TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are
active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors.  This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered
and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription.  returns nothing.

looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'

]]
local function has_twl_url(url_params_t, cite_args_t)
    local url_error_t = {} -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url

    for param, value in pairs(url_params_t) do
        if value:find("%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org") then -- has the TWL base url?
            table.insert(url_error_t, param) -- add parameter name to the error list
        end
    end
    if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
        table.sort(url_error_t) -- sor for error messaging
        for i, param in ipairs(url_error_t) do
            if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter
                cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription
            end
            url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style("parameter", param) -- make the parameter pretty for error message
        end

        utilities.set_message("err_param_has_twl_url", {utilities.make_sep_list(#url_error_t, url_error_t)}) -- add this error message
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]
local function has_extraneous_url(non_url_param_t)
    local url_error_t = {}

    check_for_url(non_url_param_t, url_error_t) -- extraneous url check
    if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
        table.sort(url_error_t)
        utilities.set_message("err_param_has_ext_link", {utilities.make_sep_list(#url_error_t, url_error_t)}) -- add this error message
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------

Module entry point

	frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module
	args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame)
	config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)

]]
local function _citation(frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
    if not frame then
        frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions
    end
    -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
    local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and "" ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or "/sandbox" -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
    is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find(frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true) -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
    sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or "" -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else

    cfg = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration" .. sandbox) -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
    whitelist = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist" .. sandbox)
    utilities = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities" .. sandbox)
    validation = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation" .. sandbox)
    identifiers = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers" .. sandbox)
    metadata = require("Module:Citation/CS1/COinS" .. sandbox)

    utilities.set_selected_modules(cfg) -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
    identifiers.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
    validation.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
    metadata.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

    z = utilities.z -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
    local cite_args_t = {} -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here

    is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set(frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}"))

    local suggestions = {} -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
    local error_text  -- used as a flag

    local capture  -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
    local empty_unknowns = {} -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
    for k, v in pairs(args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
        v = mw.ustring.gsub(v, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
        if v ~= "" then
            if ("string" == type(k)) then
                k = mw.ustring.gsub(k, "%d", cfg.date_names.local_digits) -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
            end
            if not validate(k, config_t.CitationClass) then
                if type(k) ~= "string" then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
                    if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
                        error_text = utilities.set_message("err_text_ignored", {v})
                    end
                elseif validate(k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then
                    error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored_suggest", {k, k:lower()}) -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
                else
                    if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
                        suggestions = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions" .. sandbox) --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
                    end
                    for pattern, param in pairs(suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
                        capture = k:match(pattern) -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
                        if capture then -- if the pattern matches
                            param = utilities.substitute(param, capture) -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
                            if validate(param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
                                error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored_suggest", {k, param}) -- set the suggestion error message
                            else
                                error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {k}) -- suggested param not supported by this template
                                v = "" -- unset
                            end
                        end
                    end
                    if not utilities.is_set(error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
                        if
                            (suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()] ~= nil) and
                                validate(suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()], config_t.CitationClass)
                         then
                            utilities.set_message(
                                "err_parameter_ignored_suggest",
                                {k, suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()]}
                            )
                        else
                            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {k})
                            v = "" -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
                        end
                    end
                end
            end

            cite_args_t[k] = v -- save this parameter and its value
        elseif not utilities.is_set(v) then -- for empty parameters
            if not validate(k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
                k = ("" == k) and "(empty string)" or k -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
                table.insert(empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", k)) -- format for error message and add to the list
            end
        end
    end

    if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
        utilities.set_message(
            "err_param_unknown_empty",
            {
                1 == #empty_unknowns and "" or "s",
                utilities.make_sep_list(#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
            }
        )
    end

    local non_url_param_t = {} -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters
    local url_param_t = {} -- table of url-holding paramters and their values

    for k, v in pairs(cite_args_t) do
        if "string" == type(k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
            has_invisible_chars(k, v) -- look for invisible characters
        end
        has_extraneous_punc(k, v) -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
        missing_pipe_check(k, v) -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
        cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check(k, v) -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

        if "string" == type(k) then -- when parameter k is not positional
            if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table
                non_url_param_t[k] = v -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
            else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter)
                url_param_t[k] = v -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url
            end
        end
    end

    has_extraneous_url(non_url_param_t) -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
    has_twl_url(url_param_t, cite_args_t) -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url

    return table.concat(
        {
            frame:extensionTag("templatestyles", "", {src = "Module:Citation/CS1" .. sandbox .. "/styles.css"}),
            citation0(config_t, cite_args_t)
        }
    )
end

--[[---------------------------< C I T A T I O N >------------------------------
  Template entry point.
]]
local function citation(frame)
  local config_t = {}  -- Table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
  local args_t   = frame:getParent().args  -- Get template's preset parameters.

  for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do  -- Get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
    config_t[k]  = v
    -- Crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module
    -- {{#invoke:}}, skipping parameter validation. TODO: Keep?
    -- args_t[k] = v
  end
  return _citation(frame, args_t, config_t)
end

--[[-----------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------]]
return {
  citation  = citation,  -- Template entry point.
  _citation = _citation  -- Module entry point.
}